ASTContext.cpp revision 42b7861f957591ab40128419dcef0fae081364d6
1//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 15#include "CXXABI.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 17#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 19#include "clang/AST/Comment.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 28#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 29#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 33#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 34#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 35#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" 36#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 37#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 38#include <map> 39 40using namespace clang; 41 42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 46unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; 47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; 48unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 50unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; 51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 52unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 53unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 54 55enum FloatingRank { 56 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 57}; 58 59RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { 60 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { 61 ExternalSource->ReadComments(); 62 CommentsLoaded = true; 63 } 64 65 assert(D); 66 67 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. 68 if (D->isImplicit()) 69 return NULL; 70 71 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations. 72 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 73 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 74 return NULL; 75 } 76 77 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 78 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 79 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 80 return NULL; 81 } 82 83 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 84 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 85 return NULL; 86 } 87 88 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 89 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) { 90 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind(); 91 if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || 92 TSK == TSK_Undeclared) 93 return NULL; 94 } 95 96 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 97 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 98 return NULL; 99 } 100 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { 101 // When tag declaration (but not definition!) is part of the 102 // decl-specifier-seq of some other declaration, it doesn't get comment 103 if (TD->isEmbeddedInDeclarator() && !TD->isCompleteDefinition()) 104 return NULL; 105 } 106 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. 107 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) 108 return NULL; 109 110 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template 111 // documentation. 112 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) || 113 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) || 114 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) 115 return NULL; 116 117 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments(); 118 119 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. 120 if (RawComments.empty()) 121 return NULL; 122 123 // Find declaration location. 124 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple 125 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration 126 // location". 127 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, 128 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". 129 SourceLocation DeclLoc; 130 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) || 131 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || 132 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) || 133 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) 134 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 135 else 136 DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); 137 138 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we 139 // can't find the comment. 140 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) 141 return NULL; 142 143 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. 144 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment; 145 { 146 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking 147 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them 148 // first. 149 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc( 150 SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc), false, 151 LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments); 152 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr); 153 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1; 154 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 155 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) { 156 MaybeBeforeDecl--; 157 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 158 } 159 160 if (Found) { 161 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1; 162 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 163 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare)); 164 } else { 165 // Slow path. 166 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 167 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare); 168 } 169 } 170 171 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the 172 // file buffer. 173 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); 174 175 // First check whether we have a trailing comment. 176 if (Comment != RawComments.end() && 177 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && 178 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) { 179 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp 180 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); 181 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts 182 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. 183 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && 184 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) 185 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, 186 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { 187 return *Comment; 188 } 189 } 190 191 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. 192 // Let's look at the previous comment. 193 if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) 194 return NULL; 195 --Comment; 196 197 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. 198 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) 199 return NULL; 200 201 // Decompose the end of the comment. 202 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp 203 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 204 205 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they 206 // aren't related. 207 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) 208 return NULL; 209 210 // Get the corresponding buffer. 211 bool Invalid = false; 212 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, 213 &Invalid).data(); 214 if (Invalid) 215 return NULL; 216 217 // Extract text between the comment and declaration. 218 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, 219 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); 220 221 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between 222 // comment and declaration. 223 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos) 224 return NULL; 225 226 return *Comment; 227} 228 229namespace { 230/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to 231/// refer to the actual template. 232/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template. 233const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) { 234 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 235 // Is this function declaration part of a function template? 236 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 237 return FTD; 238 239 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation. 240 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 241 return D; 242 243 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template? 244 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) 245 return FTD; 246 247 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 248 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl = 249 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) 250 return MemberDecl; 251 252 return D; 253 } 254 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 255 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class 256 // template? 257 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 258 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) 259 return MemberDecl; 260 261 return D; 262 } 263 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 264 // Is this class declaration part of a class template? 265 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 266 return CTD; 267 268 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial 269 // specialization? 270 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 271 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) { 272 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 273 return D; 274 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *, 275 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *> 276 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial(); 277 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ? 278 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) : 279 static_cast<const Decl*>( 280 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>()); 281 } 282 283 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 284 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info = 285 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) 286 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom(); 287 288 return D; 289 } 290 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 291 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 292 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum()) 293 return MemberDecl; 294 295 return D; 296 } 297 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates? 298 return D; 299} 300} // unnamed namespace 301 302const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl( 303 const Decl *D, 304 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const { 305 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 306 307 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already. 308 { 309 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 310 RedeclComments.find(D); 311 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 312 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 313 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 314 if (OriginalDecl) 315 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 316 return Raw.getRaw(); 317 } 318 } 319 } 320 321 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain. 322 const RawComment *RC = NULL; 323 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL; 324 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 325 E = D->redecls_end(); 326 I != E; ++I) { 327 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 328 RedeclComments.find(*I); 329 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 330 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 331 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 332 RC = Raw.getRaw(); 333 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 334 break; 335 } 336 } else { 337 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I); 338 OriginalDeclForRC = *I; 339 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 340 if (RC) { 341 Raw.setRaw(RC); 342 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl); 343 } else 344 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl); 345 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I); 346 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw; 347 if (RC) 348 break; 349 } 350 } 351 352 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. 353 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); 354 355 if (OriginalDecl) 356 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC; 357 358 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain. 359 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 360 Raw.setRaw(RC); 361 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl); 362 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC); 363 364 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 365 E = D->redecls_end(); 366 I != E; ++I) { 367 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I]; 368 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) 369 R = Raw; 370 } 371 372 return RC; 373} 374 375static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 376 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) { 377 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext(); 378 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) { 379 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface(); 380 if (!ID) 381 return; 382 // Add redeclared method here. 383 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 384 Ext = ID->known_extensions_begin(), 385 ExtEnd = ID->known_extensions_end(); 386 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 387 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod = 388 Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(), 389 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) 390 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod); 391 } 392 } 393} 394 395comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC, 396 const Decl *D) const { 397 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo; 398 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D; 399 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false; 400 ThisDeclInfo->fill(); 401 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl(); 402 comments::FullComment *CFC = 403 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(), 404 ThisDeclInfo); 405 return CFC; 406 407} 408 409comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getLocalCommentForDeclUncached(const Decl *D) const { 410 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(D); 411 return RC ? RC->parse(*this, 0, D) : 0; 412} 413 414comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl( 415 const Decl *D, 416 const Preprocessor *PP) const { 417 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 418 return NULL; 419 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 420 421 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 422 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos = 423 ParsedComments.find(Canonical); 424 425 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) { 426 if (Canonical != D) { 427 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second; 428 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); 429 return CFC; 430 } 431 return Pos->second; 432 } 433 434 const Decl *OriginalDecl; 435 436 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl); 437 if (!RC) { 438 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 439 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden; 440 const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 441 if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor()) 442 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl()) 443 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP)) 444 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 445 if (OMD) 446 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden); 447 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden); 448 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++) 449 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP)) 450 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 451 } 452 else if (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 453 // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter 454 // does not have one of its own. 455 QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType(); 456 if (const TagType *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>()) 457 if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl()) 458 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP)) 459 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 460 } 461 else if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { 462 while (IC->getSuperClass()) { 463 IC = IC->getSuperClass(); 464 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) 465 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 466 } 467 } 468 else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) { 469 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = CD->getClassInterface()) 470 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) 471 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 472 } 473 else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 474 if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition())) 475 return NULL; 476 // Check non-virtual bases. 477 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 478 RD->bases_begin(), E = RD->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 479 if (I->isVirtual() || (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public)) 480 continue; 481 QualType Ty = I->getType(); 482 if (Ty.isNull()) 483 continue; 484 if (const CXXRecordDecl *NonVirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 485 if (!(NonVirtualBase= NonVirtualBase->getDefinition())) 486 continue; 487 488 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((NonVirtualBase), PP)) 489 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 490 } 491 } 492 // Check virtual bases. 493 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 494 RD->vbases_begin(), E = RD->vbases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 495 if (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public) 496 continue; 497 QualType Ty = I->getType(); 498 if (Ty.isNull()) 499 continue; 500 if (const CXXRecordDecl *VirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 501 if (!(VirtualBase= VirtualBase->getDefinition())) 502 continue; 503 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((VirtualBase), PP)) 504 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 505 } 506 } 507 } 508 return NULL; 509 } 510 511 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we 512 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important 513 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be 514 // different across redeclarations. 515 if (D != OriginalDecl) 516 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP); 517 518 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D); 519 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC; 520 return FC; 521} 522 523void 524ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 525 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 526 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 527 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 528 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 529 530 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 531 ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 532 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 533 PEnd = Params->end(); 534 P != PEnd; ++P) { 535 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 536 ID.AddInteger(0); 537 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 538 continue; 539 } 540 541 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 542 ID.AddInteger(1); 543 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 544 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 545 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 546 ID.AddBoolean(true); 547 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 548 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 549 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); 550 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 551 } 552 } else 553 ID.AddBoolean(false); 554 continue; 555 } 556 557 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 558 ID.AddInteger(2); 559 Profile(ID, TTP); 560 } 561} 562 563TemplateTemplateParmDecl * 564ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 565 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 566 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 567 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 568 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 569 void *InsertPos = 0; 570 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 571 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 572 if (Canonical) 573 return Canonical->getParam(); 574 575 // Build a canonical template parameter list. 576 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 577 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 578 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 579 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 580 PEnd = Params->end(); 581 P != PEnd; ++P) { 582 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 583 CanonParams.push_back( 584 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 585 SourceLocation(), 586 SourceLocation(), 587 TTP->getDepth(), 588 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 589 TTP->isParameterPack())); 590 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 591 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 592 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 593 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 594 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 595 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 596 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 597 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 598 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 599 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 600 ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 601 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 602 } 603 604 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 605 SourceLocation(), 606 SourceLocation(), 607 NTTP->getDepth(), 608 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 609 T, 610 TInfo, 611 ExpandedTypes.data(), 612 ExpandedTypes.size(), 613 ExpandedTInfos.data()); 614 } else { 615 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 616 SourceLocation(), 617 SourceLocation(), 618 NTTP->getDepth(), 619 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 620 T, 621 NTTP->isParameterPack(), 622 TInfo); 623 } 624 CanonParams.push_back(Param); 625 626 } else 627 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 628 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 629 } 630 631 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 632 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 633 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 634 TTP->getPosition(), 635 TTP->isParameterPack(), 636 0, 637 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 638 SourceLocation(), 639 CanonParams.data(), 640 CanonParams.size(), 641 SourceLocation())); 642 643 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 644 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 645 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 646 (void)Canonical; 647 648 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 649 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 650 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 651 return CanonTTP; 652} 653 654CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 655 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 656 657 switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) { 658 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 659 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 660 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 661 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: // Same as Itanium at this level 662 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 663 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 664 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 665 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 666 } 667 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); 668} 669 670static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, 671 const LangOptions &LOpts) { 672 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { 673 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each 674 // language-specific address space. 675 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 676 1, // opencl_global 677 2, // opencl_local 678 3, // opencl_constant 679 4, // cuda_device 680 5, // cuda_constant 681 6 // cuda_shared 682 }; 683 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; 684 } else { 685 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); 686 } 687} 688 689ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 690 const TargetInfo *t, 691 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 692 Builtin::Context &builtins, 693 unsigned size_reserve, 694 bool DelayInitialization) 695 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), 696 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 697 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 698 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), 699 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), 700 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0), 701 BuiltinVaListDecl(0), 702 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0), 703 BOOLDecl(0), 704 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0), 705 FILEDecl(0), 706 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0), 707 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 708 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 709 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 710 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), 711 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), 712 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 713 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 714 BuiltinInfo(builtins), 715 DeclarationNames(*this), 716 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), 717 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false), 718 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts), 719 LastSDM(0, 0) 720{ 721 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 722 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 723 724 if (!DelayInitialization) { 725 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization"); 726 InitBuiltinTypes(*t); 727 } 728} 729 730ASTContext::~ASTContext() { 731 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 732 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 733 ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 734 735 // Call all of the deallocation functions. 736 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I) 737 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second); 738 739 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 740 // because they can contain DenseMaps. 741 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 742 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 743 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 744 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 745 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 746 R->Destroy(*this); 747 748 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 749 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 750 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 751 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 752 R->Destroy(*this); 753 } 754 755 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 756 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 757 A != AEnd; ++A) 758 A->second->~AttrVec(); 759} 760 761void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 762 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data)); 763} 764 765void 766ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 767 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 768} 769 770void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 771 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; 772 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; 773 774 unsigned counts[] = { 775#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 776#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 777#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 778 0 // Extra 779 }; 780 781 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 782 Type *T = Types[i]; 783 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 784 } 785 786 unsigned Idx = 0; 787 unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 788#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 789 if (counts[Idx]) \ 790 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ 791 << " types\n"; \ 792 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 793 ++Idx; 794#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 795#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 796 797 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; 798 799 // Implicit special member functions. 800 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" 801 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors 802 << " implicit default constructors created\n"; 803 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" 804 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors 805 << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; 806 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 807 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" 808 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors 809 << " implicit move constructors created\n"; 810 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 811 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators 812 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; 813 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 814 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 815 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators 816 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; 817 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" 818 << NumImplicitDestructors 819 << " implicit destructors created\n"; 820 821 if (ExternalSource.get()) { 822 llvm::errs() << "\n"; 823 ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 824 } 825 826 BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 827} 828 829TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { 830 if (!Int128Decl) { 831 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty); 832 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 833 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 834 SourceLocation(), 835 SourceLocation(), 836 &Idents.get("__int128_t"), 837 TInfo); 838 } 839 840 return Int128Decl; 841} 842 843TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { 844 if (!UInt128Decl) { 845 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty); 846 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 847 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 848 SourceLocation(), 849 SourceLocation(), 850 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"), 851 TInfo); 852 } 853 854 return UInt128Decl; 855} 856 857void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 858 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 859 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 860 Types.push_back(Ty); 861} 862 863void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) { 864 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && 865 "Incorrect target reinitialization"); 866 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 867 868 this->Target = &Target; 869 870 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); 871 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); 872 873 // C99 6.2.5p19. 874 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 875 876 // C99 6.2.5p2. 877 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 878 // C99 6.2.5p3. 879 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 880 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 881 else 882 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 883 // C99 6.2.5p4. 884 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 885 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 886 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 887 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 888 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 889 890 // C99 6.2.5p6. 891 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 892 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 893 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 894 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 895 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 896 897 // C99 6.2.5p10. 898 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 899 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 900 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 901 902 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 903 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 904 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 905 906 // C++ 3.9.1p5 907 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) 908 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 909 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 910 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 911 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) 912 WideCharTy = WCharTy; 913 else { 914 // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar). 915 WideCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 916 } 917 918 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); 919 920 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 921 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 922 else // C99 923 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 924 925 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 926 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 927 else // C99 928 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 929 930 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 931 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 932 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 933 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 934 // expressions. 935 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 936 937 // Placeholder type for functions. 938 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 939 940 // Placeholder type for bound members. 941 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); 942 943 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. 944 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); 945 946 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. 947 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); 948 949 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. 950 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); 951 952 // Placeholder type for builtin functions. 953 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn); 954 955 // C99 6.2.5p11. 956 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 957 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 958 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 959 960 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 961 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 962 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 963 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 964 965 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { 966 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1d); 967 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray); 968 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dBufferTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer); 969 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2d); 970 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray); 971 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage3dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage3d); 972 973 InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler); 974 InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent); 975 } 976 977 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no 978 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? 979 SignedCharTy : BoolTy); 980 981 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 982 983 ObjCSuperType = QualType(); 984 985 // void * type 986 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 987 988 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 989 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 990 991 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 992 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); 993 994 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. 995 VaListTagTy = QualType(); 996} 997 998DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 999 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 1000} 1001 1002AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 1003 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 1004 if (!Result) { 1005 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 1006 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 1007 } 1008 1009 return *Result; 1010} 1011 1012/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 1013void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 1014 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 1015 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 1016 Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 1017 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 1018 } 1019} 1020 1021MemberSpecializationInfo * 1022ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 1023 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1024 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos 1025 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var); 1026 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end()) 1027 return 0; 1028 1029 return Pos->second; 1030} 1031 1032void 1033ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 1034 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 1035 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 1036 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1037 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1038 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] && 1039 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from"); 1040 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] 1041 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation); 1042} 1043 1044FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( 1045 const FunctionDecl *FD){ 1046 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1047 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1048 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); 1049 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) 1050 return 0; 1051 1052 return Pos->second; 1053} 1054 1055void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, 1056 FunctionDecl *Pattern) { 1057 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1058 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); 1059 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; 1060} 1061 1062NamedDecl * 1063ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 1064 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1065 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 1066 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 1067 return 0; 1068 1069 return Pos->second; 1070} 1071 1072void 1073ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 1074 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 1075 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 1076 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 1077 "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 1078 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1079 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1080} 1081 1082UsingShadowDecl * 1083ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 1084 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 1085 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 1086 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 1087 return 0; 1088 1089 return Pos->second; 1090} 1091 1092void 1093ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 1094 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 1095 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1096 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1097} 1098 1099FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 1100 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 1101 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 1102 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 1103 return 0; 1104 1105 return Pos->second; 1106} 1107 1108void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 1109 FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 1110 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 1111 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 1112 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 1113 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 1114 1115 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 1116} 1117 1118bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1119 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1120 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1121 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0); 1122} 1123 1124bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1125 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1126 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1127 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 && 1128 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0); 1129} 1130 1131bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1132 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1133 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1134 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) && 1135 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1136} 1137 1138bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1139 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1140 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1141 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1142} 1143 1144bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1145 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1146 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1147 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1148} 1149 1150ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1151ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1152 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1153 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1154 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1155 return 0; 1156 1157 return Pos->second.begin(); 1158} 1159 1160ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1161ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1162 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1163 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1164 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1165 return 0; 1166 1167 return Pos->second.end(); 1168} 1169 1170unsigned 1171ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1172 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1173 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1174 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1175 return 0; 1176 1177 return Pos->second.size(); 1178} 1179 1180void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1181 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 1182 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl()); 1183 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 1184} 1185 1186void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods( 1187 const NamedDecl *D, 1188 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const { 1189 assert(D); 1190 1191 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 1192 Overridden.append(overridden_methods_begin(CXXMethod), 1193 overridden_methods_end(CXXMethod)); 1194 return; 1195 } 1196 1197 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1198 if (!Method) 1199 return; 1200 1201 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls; 1202 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls); 1203 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end()); 1204} 1205 1206void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { 1207 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); 1208 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); 1209 if (!FirstLocalImport) { 1210 FirstLocalImport = Import; 1211 LastLocalImport = Import; 1212 return; 1213 } 1214 1215 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; 1216 LastLocalImport = Import; 1217} 1218 1219//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1220// Type Sizing and Analysis 1221//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1222 1223/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 1224/// scalar floating point type. 1225const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 1226 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 1227 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 1228 switch (BT->getKind()) { 1229 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); 1230 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); 1231 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); 1232 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); 1233 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); 1234 } 1235} 1236 1237/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the 1238/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so 1239/// this method will assert on them. 1240/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type 1241/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen). 1242CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const { 1243 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); 1244 1245 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 1246 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 1247 Align = AlignFromAttr; 1248 1249 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 1250 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 1251 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 1252 // 1253 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can 1254 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 1255 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 1256 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1257 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1258 } else { 1259 UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 1260 } 1261 } 1262 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 1263 UseAlignAttrOnly = 1264 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1265 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1266 1267 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 1268 // else about the declaration and its type. 1269 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 1270 // do nothing 1271 1272 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1273 QualType T = VD->getType(); 1274 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 1275 if (RefAsPointee) 1276 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 1277 else 1278 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 1279 } 1280 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 1281 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 1282 // large-array alignment on the target. 1283 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 1284 const ArrayType *arrayType; 1285 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) { 1286 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 1287 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1288 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 1289 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 1290 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1291 1292 // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 1293 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 1294 } 1295 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 1296 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1297 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage()) 1298 Align = std::max(Align, getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); 1299 } 1300 } 1301 1302 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 1303 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 1304 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 1305 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 1306 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 1307 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 1308 // So calculate the alignment of the field. 1309 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent()); 1310 1311 // Start with the record's overall alignment. 1312 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment()); 1313 1314 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 1315 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex()); 1316 if (offset > 0) { 1317 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 1318 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 1319 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1); 1320 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign) 1321 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset); 1322 } 1323 1324 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign); 1325 } 1326 } 1327 1328 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 1329} 1330 1331// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in 1332// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is 1333// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type 1334// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator. 1335std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1336ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1337 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T); 1338 1339 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding 1340 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible 1341 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results. 1342 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1343 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1344 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1345 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize(); 1346 } 1347 } 1348 1349 return sizeAndAlign; 1350} 1351 1352/// getConstantArrayInfoInChars - Performing the computation in CharUnits 1353/// instead of in bits prevents overflowing the uint64_t for some large arrays. 1354std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1355static getConstantArrayInfoInChars(const ASTContext &Context, 1356 const ConstantArrayType *CAT) { 1357 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> EltInfo = 1358 Context.getTypeInfoInChars(CAT->getElementType()); 1359 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1360 assert((Size == 0 || static_cast<uint64_t>(EltInfo.first.getQuantity()) <= 1361 (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1362 "Overflow in array type char size evaluation"); 1363 uint64_t Width = EltInfo.first.getQuantity() * Size; 1364 unsigned Align = EltInfo.second.getQuantity(); 1365 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1366 return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Width), 1367 CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align)); 1368} 1369 1370std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1371ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 1372 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) 1373 return getConstantArrayInfoInChars(*this, CAT); 1374 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 1375 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 1376 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 1377} 1378 1379std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1380ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 1381 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 1382} 1383 1384std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 1385 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); 1386 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) 1387 return it->second; 1388 1389 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T); 1390 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info)); 1391 return Info; 1392} 1393 1394/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This 1395/// method does not work on incomplete types. 1396/// 1397/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 1398/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 1399/// should take a QualType, &c. 1400std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 1401ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { 1402 uint64_t Width=0; 1403 unsigned Align=8; 1404 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 1405#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1406#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1407#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 1408#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1409#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1410 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); 1411 1412 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1413 case Type::FunctionProto: 1414 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 1415 Width = 0; 1416 Align = 32; 1417 break; 1418 1419 case Type::IncompleteArray: 1420 case Type::VariableArray: 1421 Width = 0; 1422 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 1423 break; 1424 1425 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1426 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 1427 1428 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 1429 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1430 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1431 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); 1432 Width = EltInfo.first*Size; 1433 Align = EltInfo.second; 1434 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1435 break; 1436 } 1437 case Type::ExtVector: 1438 case Type::Vector: { 1439 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 1440 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 1441 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 1442 Align = Width; 1443 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 1444 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 1445 if (Align & (Align-1)) { 1446 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 1447 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1448 } 1449 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. 1450 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); 1451 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) 1452 Align = TargetVectorAlign; 1453 break; 1454 } 1455 1456 case Type::Builtin: 1457 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 1458 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); 1459 case BuiltinType::Void: 1460 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 1461 Width = 0; 1462 Align = 8; 1463 break; 1464 1465 case BuiltinType::Bool: 1466 Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); 1467 Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); 1468 break; 1469 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 1470 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 1471 case BuiltinType::UChar: 1472 case BuiltinType::SChar: 1473 Width = Target->getCharWidth(); 1474 Align = Target->getCharAlign(); 1475 break; 1476 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 1477 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 1478 Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); 1479 Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); 1480 break; 1481 case BuiltinType::Char16: 1482 Width = Target->getChar16Width(); 1483 Align = Target->getChar16Align(); 1484 break; 1485 case BuiltinType::Char32: 1486 Width = Target->getChar32Width(); 1487 Align = Target->getChar32Align(); 1488 break; 1489 case BuiltinType::UShort: 1490 case BuiltinType::Short: 1491 Width = Target->getShortWidth(); 1492 Align = Target->getShortAlign(); 1493 break; 1494 case BuiltinType::UInt: 1495 case BuiltinType::Int: 1496 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1497 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1498 break; 1499 case BuiltinType::ULong: 1500 case BuiltinType::Long: 1501 Width = Target->getLongWidth(); 1502 Align = Target->getLongAlign(); 1503 break; 1504 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 1505 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 1506 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); 1507 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); 1508 break; 1509 case BuiltinType::Int128: 1510 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 1511 Width = 128; 1512 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 1513 break; 1514 case BuiltinType::Half: 1515 Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); 1516 Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); 1517 break; 1518 case BuiltinType::Float: 1519 Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); 1520 Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); 1521 break; 1522 case BuiltinType::Double: 1523 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); 1524 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); 1525 break; 1526 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 1527 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); 1528 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); 1529 break; 1530 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 1531 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 1532 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 1533 break; 1534 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 1535 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 1536 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 1537 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1538 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1539 break; 1540 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 1541 // Samplers are modeled as integers. 1542 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1543 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1544 break; 1545 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 1546 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 1547 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 1548 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 1549 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 1550 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 1551 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 1552 // Currently these types are pointers to opaque types. 1553 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1554 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1555 break; 1556 } 1557 break; 1558 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1559 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1560 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1561 break; 1562 case Type::BlockPointer: { 1563 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1564 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1565 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1566 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1567 break; 1568 } 1569 case Type::LValueReference: 1570 case Type::RValueReference: { 1571 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 1572 // the pointer route. 1573 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1574 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1575 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1576 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1577 break; 1578 } 1579 case Type::Pointer: { 1580 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1581 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1582 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1583 break; 1584 } 1585 case Type::MemberPointer: { 1586 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 1587 llvm::tie(Width, Align) = ABI->getMemberPointerWidthAndAlign(MPT); 1588 break; 1589 } 1590 case Type::Complex: { 1591 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 1592 // size. 1593 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 1594 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 1595 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 1596 Align = EltInfo.second; 1597 break; 1598 } 1599 case Type::ObjCObject: 1600 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 1601 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 1602 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 1603 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 1604 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1605 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1606 break; 1607 } 1608 case Type::Record: 1609 case Type::Enum: { 1610 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 1611 1612 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 1613 Width = 8; 1614 Align = 8; 1615 break; 1616 } 1617 1618 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 1619 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 1620 1621 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 1622 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1623 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1624 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1625 break; 1626 } 1627 1628 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 1629 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 1630 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 1631 1632 case Type::Auto: { 1633 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 1634 assert(!A->getDeducedType().isNull() && 1635 "cannot request the size of an undeduced or dependent auto type"); 1636 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 1637 } 1638 1639 case Type::Paren: 1640 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 1641 1642 case Type::Typedef: { 1643 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 1644 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1645 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1646 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 1647 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 1648 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 1649 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 1650 Align = AttrAlign; 1651 else 1652 Align = Info.second; 1653 Width = Info.first; 1654 break; 1655 } 1656 1657 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 1658 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1659 .getTypePtr()); 1660 1661 case Type::TypeOf: 1662 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1663 1664 case Type::Decltype: 1665 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1666 .getTypePtr()); 1667 1668 case Type::UnaryTransform: 1669 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()); 1670 1671 case Type::Elaborated: 1672 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 1673 1674 case Type::Attributed: 1675 return getTypeInfo( 1676 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 1677 1678 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: { 1679 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T && 1680 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1681 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T); 1682 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the 1683 // aligned attribute on it. 1684 if (TST->isTypeAlias()) 1685 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr()); 1686 else 1687 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T)); 1688 } 1689 1690 case Type::Atomic: { 1691 // Start with the base type information. 1692 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1693 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); 1694 Width = Info.first; 1695 Align = Info.second; 1696 1697 // If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max 1698 // atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more 1699 // favorable to atomic operations: 1700 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) { 1701 // Round the size up to a power of 2. 1702 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) 1703 Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width); 1704 1705 // Set the alignment equal to the size. 1706 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); 1707 } 1708 } 1709 1710 } 1711 1712 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 1713 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 1714} 1715 1716/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 1717CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 1718 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 1719} 1720 1721/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 1722int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 1723 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 1724} 1725 1726/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 1727/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 1728CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1729 return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first; 1730} 1731CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 1732 return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first; 1733} 1734 1735/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 1736/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 1737CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 1738 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1739} 1740CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 1741 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1742} 1743 1744/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 1745/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 1746/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 1747/// a data type. 1748unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 1749 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 1750 1751 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 1752 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1753 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 1754 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 1755 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1756 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) 1757 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 1758 1759 return ABIAlign; 1760} 1761 1762/// getAlignOfGlobalVar - Return the alignment in bits that should be given 1763/// to a global variable of the specified type. 1764unsigned ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVar(QualType T) const { 1765 return std::max(getTypeAlign(T), getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); 1766} 1767 1768/// getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars - Return the alignment in characters that 1769/// should be given to a global variable of the specified type. 1770CharUnits ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars(QualType T) const { 1771 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getAlignOfGlobalVar(T)); 1772} 1773 1774/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 1775/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 1776/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 1777/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 1778/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 1779/// 1780void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 1781 bool leafClass, 1782 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 1783 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 1784 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 1785 if (!leafClass) { 1786 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1787 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1788 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1789 } else { 1790 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 1791 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 1792 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 1793 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 1794 } 1795} 1796 1797/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1798/// those inherited by it. 1799void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1800 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1801 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1802 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1803 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1804 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1805 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1806 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1807 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1808 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1809 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1810 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl()); 1811 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1812 } 1813 } 1814 1815 // Categories of this Interface. 1816 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator 1817 Cat = OI->visible_categories_begin(), 1818 CatEnd = OI->visible_categories_end(); 1819 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) { 1820 CollectInheritedProtocols(*Cat, Protocols); 1821 } 1822 1823 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1824 while (SD) { 1825 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1826 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1827 } 1828 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1829 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1830 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1831 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1832 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1833 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1834 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1835 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1836 } 1837 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1838 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1839 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1840 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1841 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1842 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1843 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1844 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1845 } 1846 } 1847} 1848 1849unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1850 unsigned count = 0; 1851 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1852 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 1853 Ext = OI->known_extensions_begin(), 1854 ExtEnd = OI->known_extensions_end(); 1855 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 1856 count += Ext->ivar_size(); 1857 } 1858 1859 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1860 // includes synthesized ivars. 1861 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1862 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1863 1864 return count; 1865} 1866 1867bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { 1868 if (!E) 1869 return false; 1870 1871 // nullptr_t is always treated as null. 1872 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; 1873 1874 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && 1875 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, 1876 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 1877 return true; 1878 1879 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. 1880 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; 1881 1882 return false; 1883} 1884 1885/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1886ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1887 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1888 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1889 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1890 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1891 return 0; 1892} 1893/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1894ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1895 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1896 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1897 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1898 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1899 return 0; 1900} 1901 1902/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1903void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1904 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1905 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1906 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1907} 1908/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1909void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1910 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1911 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1912 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1913} 1914 1915const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface( 1916 const NamedDecl *ND) const { 1917 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = 1918 dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1919 return ID; 1920 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = 1921 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1922 return CD->getClassInterface(); 1923 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = 1924 dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1925 return IMD->getClassInterface(); 1926 1927 return 0; 1928} 1929 1930/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1931/// none exists. 1932Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1933 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1934 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1935 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1936 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1937 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1938 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1939} 1940 1941/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1942void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1943 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1944 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1945 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1946 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1947} 1948 1949TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1950 unsigned DataSize) const { 1951 if (!DataSize) 1952 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1953 else 1954 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1955 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1956 1957 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1958 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1959 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1960 return TInfo; 1961} 1962 1963TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1964 SourceLocation L) const { 1965 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1966 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1967 return DI; 1968} 1969 1970const ASTRecordLayout & 1971ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1972 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1973} 1974 1975const ASTRecordLayout & 1976ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1977 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1978 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1979} 1980 1981//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1982// Type creation/memoization methods 1983//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1984 1985QualType 1986ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 1987 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1988 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1989 1990 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1991 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1992 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 1993 void *insertPos = 0; 1994 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 1995 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 1996 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1997 } 1998 1999 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 2000 QualType canon; 2001 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2002 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 2003 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 2004 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); 2005 2006 // Re-find the insert position. 2007 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2008 } 2009 2010 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 2011 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 2012 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 2013} 2014 2015QualType 2016ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 2017 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 2018 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 2019 return T; 2020 2021 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 2022 // into one ExtQuals node. 2023 QualifierCollector Quals; 2024 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 2025 2026 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 2027 // another one. 2028 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 2029 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 2030 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 2031 2032 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 2033} 2034 2035QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 2036 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 2037 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 2038 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 2039 return T; 2040 2041 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 2042 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 2043 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 2044 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 2045 return getPointerType(ResultType); 2046 } 2047 } 2048 2049 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 2050 // into one ExtQuals node. 2051 QualifierCollector Quals; 2052 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 2053 2054 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 2055 // another one. 2056 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 2057 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 2058 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 2059 2060 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 2061} 2062 2063const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 2064 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 2065 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 2066 return T; 2067 2068 QualType Result; 2069 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 2070 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 2071 } else { 2072 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 2073 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 2074 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 2075 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 2076 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 2077 FPT->getNumArgs()), 2078 EPI); 2079 } 2080 2081 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 2082} 2083 2084void ASTContext::adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(FunctionDecl *FD, 2085 QualType ResultType) { 2086 FD = FD->getMostRecentDecl(); 2087 while (true) { 2088 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2089 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 2090 FD->setType(getFunctionType(ResultType, FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 2091 if (FunctionDecl *Next = FD->getPreviousDecl()) 2092 FD = Next; 2093 else 2094 break; 2095 } 2096 if (ASTMutationListener *L = getASTMutationListener()) 2097 L->DeducedReturnType(FD, ResultType); 2098} 2099 2100/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 2101/// number with the specified element type. 2102QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 2103 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2104 // structure. 2105 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2106 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 2107 2108 void *InsertPos = 0; 2109 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2110 return QualType(CT, 0); 2111 2112 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2113 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2114 QualType Canonical; 2115 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2116 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2117 2118 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2119 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2120 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2121 } 2122 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 2123 Types.push_back(New); 2124 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2125 return QualType(New, 0); 2126} 2127 2128/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 2129/// the specified type. 2130QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 2131 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2132 // structure. 2133 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2134 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2135 2136 void *InsertPos = 0; 2137 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2138 return QualType(PT, 0); 2139 2140 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2141 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2142 QualType Canonical; 2143 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2144 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2145 2146 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2147 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2148 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2149 } 2150 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 2151 Types.push_back(New); 2152 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2153 return QualType(New, 0); 2154} 2155 2156/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 2157/// a pointer to the specified block. 2158QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 2159 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 2160 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 2161 // structure. 2162 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2163 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2164 2165 void *InsertPos = 0; 2166 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 2167 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2168 return QualType(PT, 0); 2169 2170 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2171 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 2172 QualType Canonical; 2173 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2174 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2175 2176 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2177 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 2178 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2179 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2180 } 2181 BlockPointerType *New 2182 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 2183 Types.push_back(New); 2184 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2185 return QualType(New, 0); 2186} 2187 2188/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2189/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 2190QualType 2191ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 2192 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 2193 "Unresolved overloaded function type"); 2194 2195 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2196 // structure. 2197 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2198 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 2199 2200 void *InsertPos = 0; 2201 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 2202 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2203 return QualType(RT, 0); 2204 2205 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2206 2207 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2208 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2209 QualType Canonical; 2210 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2211 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2212 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2213 2214 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2215 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2216 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2217 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2218 } 2219 2220 LValueReferenceType *New 2221 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 2222 SpelledAsLValue); 2223 Types.push_back(New); 2224 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2225 2226 return QualType(New, 0); 2227} 2228 2229/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2230/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 2231QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 2232 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2233 // structure. 2234 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2235 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 2236 2237 void *InsertPos = 0; 2238 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 2239 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2240 return QualType(RT, 0); 2241 2242 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2243 2244 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2245 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2246 QualType Canonical; 2247 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2248 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2249 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2250 2251 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2252 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2253 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2254 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2255 } 2256 2257 RValueReferenceType *New 2258 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 2259 Types.push_back(New); 2260 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2261 return QualType(New, 0); 2262} 2263 2264/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 2265/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 2266QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 2267 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2268 // structure. 2269 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2270 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 2271 2272 void *InsertPos = 0; 2273 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 2274 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2275 return QualType(PT, 0); 2276 2277 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2278 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2279 QualType Canonical; 2280 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2281 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 2282 2283 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2284 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 2285 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2286 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2287 } 2288 MemberPointerType *New 2289 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 2290 Types.push_back(New); 2291 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2292 return QualType(New, 0); 2293} 2294 2295/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 2296/// array of the specified element type. 2297QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2298 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 2299 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2300 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 2301 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 2302 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 2303 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 2304 2305 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 2306 // the target. 2307 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 2308 ArySize = 2309 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); 2310 2311 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2312 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2313 2314 void *InsertPos = 0; 2315 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 2316 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2317 return QualType(ATP, 0); 2318 2319 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 2320 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2321 QualType Canon; 2322 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2323 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2324 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, 2325 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2326 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2327 2328 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2329 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 2330 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2331 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2332 } 2333 2334 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 2335 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2336 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2337 Types.push_back(New); 2338 return QualType(New, 0); 2339} 2340 2341/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 2342/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 2343/// sizes replaced with [*]. 2344QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 2345 // Vastly most common case. 2346 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 2347 2348 QualType result; 2349 2350 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 2351 const Type *ty = split.Ty; 2352 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 2353#define TYPE(Class, Base) 2354#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 2355#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 2356#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 2357 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 2358 2359 // These types should never be variably-modified. 2360 case Type::Builtin: 2361 case Type::Complex: 2362 case Type::Vector: 2363 case Type::ExtVector: 2364 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 2365 case Type::ObjCObject: 2366 case Type::ObjCInterface: 2367 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 2368 case Type::Record: 2369 case Type::Enum: 2370 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 2371 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 2372 case Type::TypeOf: 2373 case Type::Decltype: 2374 case Type::UnaryTransform: 2375 case Type::DependentName: 2376 case Type::InjectedClassName: 2377 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 2378 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 2379 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 2380 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 2381 case Type::Auto: 2382 case Type::PackExpansion: 2383 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 2384 2385 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 2386 // further decay. 2387 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 2388 case Type::FunctionProto: 2389 case Type::BlockPointer: 2390 case Type::MemberPointer: 2391 return type; 2392 2393 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 2394 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 2395 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 2396 // optimizations available here. 2397 case Type::Pointer: 2398 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 2399 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 2400 break; 2401 2402 case Type::LValueReference: { 2403 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 2404 result = getLValueReferenceType( 2405 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 2406 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 2407 break; 2408 } 2409 2410 case Type::RValueReference: { 2411 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 2412 result = getRValueReferenceType( 2413 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 2414 break; 2415 } 2416 2417 case Type::Atomic: { 2418 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); 2419 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); 2420 break; 2421 } 2422 2423 case Type::ConstantArray: { 2424 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 2425 result = getConstantArrayType( 2426 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 2427 cat->getSize(), 2428 cat->getSizeModifier(), 2429 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 2430 break; 2431 } 2432 2433 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 2434 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 2435 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 2436 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 2437 dat->getSizeExpr(), 2438 dat->getSizeModifier(), 2439 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2440 dat->getBracketsRange()); 2441 break; 2442 } 2443 2444 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 2445 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 2446 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 2447 result = getVariableArrayType( 2448 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 2449 /*size*/ 0, 2450 ArrayType::Normal, 2451 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2452 SourceRange()); 2453 break; 2454 } 2455 2456 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 2457 case Type::VariableArray: { 2458 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 2459 result = getVariableArrayType( 2460 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 2461 /*size*/ 0, 2462 ArrayType::Star, 2463 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2464 vat->getBracketsRange()); 2465 break; 2466 } 2467 } 2468 2469 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 2470 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); 2471} 2472 2473/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 2474/// variable array of the specified element type. 2475QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2476 Expr *NumElts, 2477 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2478 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 2479 SourceRange Brackets) const { 2480 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 2481 // that have an expression provided for their size. 2482 QualType Canon; 2483 2484 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 2485 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2486 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2487 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, 2488 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2489 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2490 } 2491 2492 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2493 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2494 2495 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 2496 Types.push_back(New); 2497 return QualType(New, 0); 2498} 2499 2500/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 2501/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 2502/// type. 2503QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 2504 Expr *numElements, 2505 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2506 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 2507 SourceRange brackets) const { 2508 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 2509 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 2510 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 2511 2512 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 2513 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 2514 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 2515 // because they can't be used in most locations. 2516 if (!numElements) { 2517 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 2518 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2519 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 2520 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2521 brackets); 2522 Types.push_back(newType); 2523 return QualType(newType, 0); 2524 } 2525 2526 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 2527 // also build a canonical type. 2528 2529 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2530 2531 void *insertPos = 0; 2532 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2533 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 2534 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2535 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 2536 2537 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 2538 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 2539 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2540 2541 // If we don't have one, build one. 2542 if (!canonTy) { 2543 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2544 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2545 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2546 brackets); 2547 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 2548 Types.push_back(canonTy); 2549 } 2550 2551 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 2552 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 2553 canonElementType.Quals); 2554 2555 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 2556 // then just use that as our result. 2557 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType) 2558 return canon; 2559 2560 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 2561 // of the element type. 2562 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 2563 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2564 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 2565 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 2566 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 2567 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 2568} 2569 2570QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 2571 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2572 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 2573 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2574 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2575 2576 void *insertPos = 0; 2577 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 2578 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 2579 return QualType(iat, 0); 2580 2581 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2582 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 2583 // qualifiers off the element type. 2584 QualType canon; 2585 2586 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2587 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2588 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), 2589 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2590 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2591 2592 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2593 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 2594 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2595 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 2596 } 2597 2598 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2599 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2600 2601 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 2602 Types.push_back(newType); 2603 return QualType(newType, 0); 2604} 2605 2606/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 2607/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2608QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 2609 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 2610 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 2611 2612 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2613 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2614 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 2615 2616 void *InsertPos = 0; 2617 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2618 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2619 2620 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2621 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2622 QualType Canonical; 2623 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2624 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 2625 2626 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2627 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2628 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2629 } 2630 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2631 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 2632 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2633 Types.push_back(New); 2634 return QualType(New, 0); 2635} 2636 2637/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 2638/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2639QualType 2640ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 2641 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); 2642 2643 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2644 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2645 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 2646 VectorType::GenericVector); 2647 void *InsertPos = 0; 2648 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2649 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2650 2651 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2652 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2653 QualType Canonical; 2654 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2655 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 2656 2657 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2658 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2659 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2660 } 2661 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2662 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 2663 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2664 Types.push_back(New); 2665 return QualType(New, 0); 2666} 2667 2668QualType 2669ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 2670 Expr *SizeExpr, 2671 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 2672 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2673 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 2674 SizeExpr); 2675 2676 void *InsertPos = 0; 2677 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 2678 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2679 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 2680 if (Canon) { 2681 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 2682 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 2683 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2684 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 2685 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2686 } else { 2687 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 2688 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 2689 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2690 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 2691 AttrLoc); 2692 2693 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 2694 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2695 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 2696 (void)CanonCheck; 2697 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2698 } else { 2699 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 2700 SourceLocation()); 2701 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2702 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2703 } 2704 } 2705 2706 Types.push_back(New); 2707 return QualType(New, 0); 2708} 2709 2710/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 2711/// 2712QualType 2713ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 2714 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 2715 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC(); 2716 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2717 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2718 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2719 // structure. 2720 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2721 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 2722 2723 void *InsertPos = 0; 2724 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 2725 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2726 return QualType(FT, 0); 2727 2728 QualType Canonical; 2729 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 2730 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2731 Canonical = 2732 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2733 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 2734 2735 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2736 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 2737 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2738 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2739 } 2740 2741 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2742 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2743 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 2744 Types.push_back(New); 2745 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2746 return QualType(New, 0); 2747} 2748 2749/// \brief Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function. 2750static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) { 2751 return T.isCanonical() && 2752 (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None || 2753 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone); 2754} 2755 2756/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 2757/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 2758QualType 2759ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgArray, 2760 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 2761 size_t NumArgs = ArgArray.size(); 2762 2763 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2764 // structure. 2765 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2766 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray.begin(), NumArgs, EPI, 2767 *this); 2768 2769 void *InsertPos = 0; 2770 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 2771 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2772 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2773 2774 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 2775 bool isCanonical = 2776 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) && 2777 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; 2778 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 2779 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 2780 isCanonical = false; 2781 2782 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 2783 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2784 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2785 2786 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 2787 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 2788 QualType Canonical; 2789 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2790 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 2791 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2792 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2793 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 2794 2795 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 2796 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; 2797 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None; 2798 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 2799 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 2800 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 2801 2802 // Result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers. 2803 QualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalType(ResultTy); 2804 if (ResultTy.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) { 2805 Qualifiers Qs = CanResultTy.getQualifiers(); 2806 Qs.removeObjCLifetime(); 2807 CanResultTy = getQualifiedType(CanResultTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs); 2808 } 2809 2810 Canonical = getFunctionType(CanResultTy, CanonicalArgs, CanonicalEPI); 2811 2812 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2813 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 2814 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2815 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2816 } 2817 2818 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after 2819 // them for three variable size arrays at the end: 2820 // - parameter types 2821 // - exception types 2822 // - consumed-arguments flags 2823 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept 2824 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception 2825 // specification. 2826 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 2827 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); 2828 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 2829 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 2830 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 2831 Size += sizeof(Expr*); 2832 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) { 2833 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2834 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) { 2835 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2836 } 2837 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments) 2838 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool); 2839 2840 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2841 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 2842 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2843 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, Canonical, newEPI); 2844 Types.push_back(FTP); 2845 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 2846 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2847} 2848 2849#ifndef NDEBUG 2850static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 2851 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 2852 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 2853 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2854 return true; 2855 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 2856 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2857 return true; 2858 return false; 2859} 2860#endif 2861 2862/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 2863/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 2864QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 2865 QualType TST) const { 2866 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 2867 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 2868 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2869 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { 2870 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 2871 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2872 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2873 } else { 2874 Type *newType = 2875 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 2876 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2877 Types.push_back(newType); 2878 } 2879 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2880} 2881 2882/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2883/// specified type declaration. 2884QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2885 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2886 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2887 2888 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) 2889 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2890 2891 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2892 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2893 2894 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2895 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() && 2896 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2897 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2898 return getRecordType(Record); 2899 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2900 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() && 2901 "enum has previous declaration"); 2902 return getEnumType(Enum); 2903 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2904 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2905 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2906 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2907 Types.push_back(newType); 2908 } else 2909 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2910 2911 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2912} 2913 2914/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2915/// specified typedef name decl. 2916QualType 2917ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2918 QualType Canonical) const { 2919 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2920 2921 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2922 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2923 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2924 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2925 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2926 Types.push_back(newType); 2927 return QualType(newType, 0); 2928} 2929 2930QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2931 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2932 2933 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2934 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2935 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2936 2937 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2938 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2939 Types.push_back(newType); 2940 return QualType(newType, 0); 2941} 2942 2943QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2944 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2945 2946 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2947 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2948 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2949 2950 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2951 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2952 Types.push_back(newType); 2953 return QualType(newType, 0); 2954} 2955 2956QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2957 QualType modifiedType, 2958 QualType equivalentType) { 2959 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2960 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2961 2962 void *insertPos = 0; 2963 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 2964 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 2965 2966 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 2967 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2968 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2969 2970 Types.push_back(type); 2971 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 2972 2973 return QualType(type, 0); 2974} 2975 2976 2977/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 2978QualType 2979ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2980 QualType Replacement) const { 2981 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 2982 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 2983 2984 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2985 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 2986 void *InsertPos = 0; 2987 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 2988 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2989 2990 if (!SubstParm) { 2991 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2992 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 2993 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2994 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2995 } 2996 2997 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2998} 2999 3000/// \brief Retrieve a 3001QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 3002 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 3003 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 3004#ifndef NDEBUG 3005 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 3006 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 3007 P != PEnd; ++P) { 3008 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 3009 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 3010 } 3011#endif 3012 3013 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3014 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 3015 void *InsertPos = 0; 3016 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 3017 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3018 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 3019 3020 QualType Canon; 3021 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 3022 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 3023 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 3024 ArgPack); 3025 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3026 } 3027 3028 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 3029 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 3030 ArgPack); 3031 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 3032 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 3033 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 3034} 3035 3036/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 3037/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 3038/// name. 3039QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 3040 bool ParameterPack, 3041 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { 3042 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3043 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); 3044 void *InsertPos = 0; 3045 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 3046 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3047 3048 if (TypeParm) 3049 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 3050 3051 if (TTPDecl) { 3052 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 3053 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); 3054 3055 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 3056 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3057 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 3058 (void)TypeCheck; 3059 } else 3060 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 3061 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 3062 3063 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 3064 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 3065 3066 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 3067} 3068 3069TypeSourceInfo * 3070ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 3071 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3072 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 3073 QualType Underlying) const { 3074 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3075 "No dependent template names here!"); 3076 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); 3077 3078 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 3079 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL = 3080 DI->getTypeLoc().castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(); 3081 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 3082 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 3083 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 3084 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 3085 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 3086 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 3087 return DI; 3088} 3089 3090QualType 3091ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3092 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 3093 QualType Underlying) const { 3094 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3095 "No dependent template names here!"); 3096 3097 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 3098 3099 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 3100 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 3101 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 3102 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 3103 3104 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 3105 Underlying); 3106} 3107 3108#ifndef NDEBUG 3109static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args, 3110 unsigned NumArgs) { 3111 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3112 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion()) 3113 return true; 3114 3115 return true; 3116} 3117#endif 3118 3119QualType 3120ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3121 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3122 unsigned NumArgs, 3123 QualType Underlying) const { 3124 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3125 "No dependent template names here!"); 3126 // Look through qualified template names. 3127 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3128 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3129 3130 bool IsTypeAlias = 3131 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && 3132 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); 3133 QualType CanonType; 3134 if (!Underlying.isNull()) 3135 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); 3136 else { 3137 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains 3138 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. 3139 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) && 3140 "Caller must compute aliased type"); 3141 IsTypeAlias = false; 3142 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, 3143 NumArgs); 3144 } 3145 3146 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 3147 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 3148 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 3149 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3150 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs + 3151 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), 3152 TypeAlignment); 3153 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3154 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType, 3155 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); 3156 3157 Types.push_back(Spec); 3158 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3159} 3160 3161QualType 3162ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3163 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3164 unsigned NumArgs) const { 3165 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3166 "No dependent template names here!"); 3167 3168 // Look through qualified template names. 3169 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3170 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3171 3172 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 3173 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 3174 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 3175 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 3176 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3177 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 3178 3179 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 3180 // exists. 3181 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3182 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 3183 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 3184 3185 void *InsertPos = 0; 3186 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3187 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3188 3189 if (!Spec) { 3190 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 3191 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3192 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3193 TypeAlignment); 3194 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 3195 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 3196 QualType(), QualType()); 3197 Types.push_back(Spec); 3198 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 3199 } 3200 3201 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 3202 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 3203 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3204} 3205 3206QualType 3207ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3208 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3209 QualType NamedType) const { 3210 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3211 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 3212 3213 void *InsertPos = 0; 3214 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3215 if (T) 3216 return QualType(T, 0); 3217 3218 QualType Canon = NamedType; 3219 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3220 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 3221 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3222 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 3223 (void)CheckT; 3224 } 3225 3226 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 3227 Types.push_back(T); 3228 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3229 return QualType(T, 0); 3230} 3231 3232QualType 3233ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 3234 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3235 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 3236 3237 void *InsertPos = 0; 3238 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3239 if (T) 3240 return QualType(T, 0); 3241 3242 QualType Canon = InnerType; 3243 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3244 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 3245 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3246 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 3247 (void)CheckT; 3248 } 3249 3250 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 3251 Types.push_back(T); 3252 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3253 return QualType(T, 0); 3254} 3255 3256QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3257 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3258 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3259 QualType Canon) const { 3260 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3261 3262 if (Canon.isNull()) { 3263 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3264 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3265 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 3266 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3267 3268 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 3269 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 3270 } 3271 3272 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3273 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 3274 3275 void *InsertPos = 0; 3276 DependentNameType *T 3277 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3278 if (T) 3279 return QualType(T, 0); 3280 3281 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 3282 Types.push_back(T); 3283 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3284 return QualType(T, 0); 3285} 3286 3287QualType 3288ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3289 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3290 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3291 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3292 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 3293 // TODO: avoid this copy 3294 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 3295 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 3296 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 3297 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 3298 ArgCopy.size(), 3299 ArgCopy.data()); 3300} 3301 3302QualType 3303ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3304 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3305 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3306 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3307 unsigned NumArgs, 3308 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 3309 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 3310 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3311 3312 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3313 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 3314 Name, NumArgs, Args); 3315 3316 void *InsertPos = 0; 3317 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 3318 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3319 if (T) 3320 return QualType(T, 0); 3321 3322 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3323 3324 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3325 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3326 3327 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 3328 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 3329 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 3330 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 3331 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 3332 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 3333 } 3334 3335 QualType Canon; 3336 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 3337 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 3338 Name, NumArgs, 3339 CanonArgs.data()); 3340 3341 // Find the insert position again. 3342 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3343 } 3344 3345 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 3346 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3347 TypeAlignment); 3348 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 3349 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 3350 Types.push_back(T); 3351 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3352 return QualType(T, 0); 3353} 3354 3355QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 3356 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 3357 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3358 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 3359 3360 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 3361 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 3362 void *InsertPos = 0; 3363 PackExpansionType *T 3364 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3365 if (T) 3366 return QualType(T, 0); 3367 3368 QualType Canon; 3369 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 3370 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); 3371 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it 3372 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its 3373 // parameters. 3374 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { 3375 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 3376 3377 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into 3378 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. 3379 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3380 } 3381 } 3382 3383 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 3384 Types.push_back(T); 3385 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3386 return QualType(T, 0); 3387} 3388 3389/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 3390/// alphabetically. 3391static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 3392 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 3393 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 3394} 3395 3396static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3397 unsigned NumProtocols) { 3398 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 3399 3400 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) 3401 return false; 3402 3403 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 3404 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) || 3405 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) 3406 return false; 3407 return true; 3408} 3409 3410static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 3411 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 3412 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 3413 3414 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 3415 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 3416 3417 // Canonicalize. 3418 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I) 3419 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl(); 3420 3421 // Remove duplicates. 3422 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 3423 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 3424} 3425 3426QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 3427 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3428 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 3429 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 3430 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 3431 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 3432 return BaseType; 3433 3434 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3435 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3436 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3437 void *InsertPos = 0; 3438 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3439 return QualType(QT, 0); 3440 3441 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 3442 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 3443 QualType Canonical; 3444 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 3445 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 3446 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 3447 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 3448 Protocols + NumProtocols); 3449 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 3450 3451 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3452 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3453 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3454 } else { 3455 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3456 Protocols, NumProtocols); 3457 } 3458 3459 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3460 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3461 } 3462 3463 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 3464 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 3465 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 3466 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 3467 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3468 3469 Types.push_back(T); 3470 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3471 return QualType(T, 0); 3472} 3473 3474/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 3475/// the given object type. 3476QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 3477 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3478 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 3479 3480 void *InsertPos = 0; 3481 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 3482 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3483 return QualType(QT, 0); 3484 3485 // Find the canonical object type. 3486 QualType Canonical; 3487 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 3488 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 3489 3490 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3491 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3492 } 3493 3494 // No match. 3495 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 3496 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 3497 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 3498 3499 Types.push_back(QType); 3500 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 3501 return QualType(QType, 0); 3502} 3503 3504/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3505/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 3506QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, 3507 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { 3508 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 3509 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3510 3511 if (PrevDecl) { 3512 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); 3513 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 3514 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3515 } 3516 3517 // Prefer the definition, if there is one. 3518 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) 3519 Decl = Def; 3520 3521 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 3522 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 3523 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 3524 Types.push_back(T); 3525 return QualType(T, 0); 3526} 3527 3528/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 3529/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 3530/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 3531/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3532/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3533QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 3534 TypeOfExprType *toe; 3535 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 3536 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3537 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 3538 3539 void *InsertPos = 0; 3540 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 3541 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3542 if (Canon) { 3543 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 3544 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 3545 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 3546 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 3547 } else { 3548 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3549 Canon 3550 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 3551 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3552 toe = Canon; 3553 } 3554 } else { 3555 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 3556 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 3557 } 3558 Types.push_back(toe); 3559 return QualType(toe, 0); 3560} 3561 3562/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3563/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3564/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3565/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3566/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3567QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 3568 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 3569 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 3570 Types.push_back(tot); 3571 return QualType(tot, 0); 3572} 3573 3574 3575/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3576/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3577/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3578/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3579/// on canonical types (which are always unique). 3580QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { 3581 DecltypeType *dt; 3582 3583 // C++0x [temp.type]p2: 3584 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a 3585 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same 3586 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). 3587 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { 3588 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3589 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 3590 3591 void *InsertPos = 0; 3592 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 3593 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3594 if (Canon) { 3595 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 3596 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 3597 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3598 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 3599 } else { 3600 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3601 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 3602 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3603 dt = Canon; 3604 } 3605 } else { 3606 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3607 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3608 } 3609 Types.push_back(dt); 3610 return QualType(dt, 0); 3611} 3612 3613/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory 3614/// savings are minimal and these are rare. 3615QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 3616 QualType UnderlyingType, 3617 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) 3618 const { 3619 UnaryTransformType *Ty = 3620 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 3621 Kind, 3622 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ? 3623 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3624 Types.push_back(Ty); 3625 return QualType(Ty, 0); 3626} 3627 3628/// getAutoType - Return the uniqued reference to the 'auto' type which has been 3629/// deduced to the given type, or to the canonical undeduced 'auto' type, or the 3630/// canonical deduced-but-dependent 'auto' type. 3631QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType, bool IsDecltypeAuto, 3632 bool IsDependent) const { 3633 if (DeducedType.isNull() && !IsDecltypeAuto && !IsDependent) 3634 return getAutoDeductType(); 3635 3636 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3637 void *InsertPos = 0; 3638 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3639 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType, IsDecltypeAuto, IsDependent); 3640 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3641 return QualType(AT, 0); 3642 3643 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType, 3644 IsDecltypeAuto, 3645 IsDependent); 3646 Types.push_back(AT); 3647 if (InsertPos) 3648 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 3649 return QualType(AT, 0); 3650} 3651 3652/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for 3653/// the given value type. 3654QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { 3655 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 3656 // structure. 3657 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3658 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); 3659 3660 void *InsertPos = 0; 3661 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3662 return QualType(AT, 0); 3663 3664 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 3665 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 3666 QualType Canonical; 3667 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 3668 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); 3669 3670 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 3671 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3672 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 3673 } 3674 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); 3675 Types.push_back(New); 3676 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 3677 return QualType(New, 0); 3678} 3679 3680/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. 3681QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { 3682 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) 3683 AutoDeductTy = QualType( 3684 new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(QualType(), /*decltype(auto)*/false, 3685 /*dependent*/false), 3686 0); 3687 return AutoDeductTy; 3688} 3689 3690/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. 3691QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { 3692 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) 3693 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); 3694 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); 3695 return AutoRRefDeductTy; 3696} 3697 3698/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3699/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 3700QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 3701 assert (Decl); 3702 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 3703 // away const? mutable? 3704 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 3705} 3706 3707/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 3708/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 3709/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 3710CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 3711 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); 3712} 3713 3714/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3715CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { 3716 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); 3717} 3718 3719/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3720CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { 3721 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); 3722} 3723 3724/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 3725/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3726QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 3727 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3728 return WCharTy; 3729} 3730 3731/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 3732/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3733QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 3734 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3735 return UnsignedIntTy; 3736} 3737 3738QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const { 3739 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType()); 3740} 3741 3742QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const { 3743 return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType()); 3744} 3745 3746/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) 3747/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 3748QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 3749 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); 3750} 3751 3752/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in 3753/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork(). 3754QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const { 3755 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType()); 3756} 3757 3758//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3759// Type Operators 3760//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3761 3762CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 3763 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 3764 // qualifiers. 3765 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3766 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3767 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 3768 QualType Result; 3769 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 3770 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 3771 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 3772 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3773 } else { 3774 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 3775 } 3776 3777 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 3778} 3779 3780QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 3781 Qualifiers &quals) { 3782 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 3783 3784 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 3785 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 3786 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 3787 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 3788 const ArrayType *AT = 3789 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 3790 3791 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 3792 if (!AT) { 3793 quals = splitType.Quals; 3794 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3795 } 3796 3797 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 3798 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 3799 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 3800 3801 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 3802 // can just use the results in splitType. 3803 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 3804 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 3805 quals = splitType.Quals; 3806 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3807 } 3808 3809 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 3810 // build the type back up. 3811 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); 3812 3813 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 3814 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 3815 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3816 } 3817 3818 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 3819 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3820 } 3821 3822 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 3823 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 3824 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3825 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3826 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3827 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 3828 } 3829 3830 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 3831 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3832 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 3833 SourceRange()); 3834} 3835 3836/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 3837/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 3838/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 3839/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 3840/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 3841/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 3842/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 3843/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 3844bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 3845 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 3846 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 3847 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 3848 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3849 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3850 return true; 3851 } 3852 3853 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 3854 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 3855 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 3856 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 3857 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 3858 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 3859 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 3860 return true; 3861 } 3862 3863 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 3864 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 3865 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3866 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 3867 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 3868 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 3869 return true; 3870 } 3871 } 3872 3873 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 3874 3875 return false; 3876} 3877 3878DeclarationNameInfo 3879ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 3880 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 3881 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3882 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3883 case TemplateName::Template: 3884 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3885 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), 3886 NameLoc); 3887 3888 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { 3889 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 3890 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3891 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 3892 } 3893 3894 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3895 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3896 DeclarationName DName; 3897 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 3898 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 3899 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 3900 } else { 3901 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 3902 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 3903 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 3904 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3905 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3906 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 3907 } 3908 } 3909 3910 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3911 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3912 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3913 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), 3914 NameLoc); 3915 } 3916 3917 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3918 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3919 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3920 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), 3921 NameLoc); 3922 } 3923 } 3924 3925 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); 3926} 3927 3928TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 3929 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3930 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3931 case TemplateName::Template: { 3932 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 3933 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 3934 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 3935 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 3936 3937 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 3938 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 3939 } 3940 3941 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: 3942 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); 3943 3944 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3945 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3946 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 3947 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 3948 } 3949 3950 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3951 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3952 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3953 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); 3954 } 3955 3956 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3957 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3958 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3959 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter 3960 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); 3961 TemplateArgument canonArgPack 3962 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); 3963 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); 3964 } 3965 } 3966 3967 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); 3968} 3969 3970bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 3971 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 3972 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 3973 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 3974} 3975 3976TemplateArgument 3977ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 3978 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 3979 case TemplateArgument::Null: 3980 return Arg; 3981 3982 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 3983 return Arg; 3984 3985 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { 3986 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 3987 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam()); 3988 } 3989 3990 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: 3991 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()), 3992 /*isNullPtr*/true); 3993 3994 case TemplateArgument::Template: 3995 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 3996 3997 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 3998 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 3999 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 4000 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 4001 4002 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 4003 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 4004 4005 case TemplateArgument::Type: 4006 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 4007 4008 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 4009 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 4010 return Arg; 4011 4012 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 4013 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 4014 unsigned Idx = 0; 4015 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 4016 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 4017 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 4018 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 4019 4020 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 4021 } 4022 } 4023 4024 // Silence GCC warning 4025 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); 4026} 4027 4028NestedNameSpecifier * 4029ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 4030 if (!NNS) 4031 return 0; 4032 4033 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 4034 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 4035 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 4036 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 4037 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 4038 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 4039 4040 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 4041 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 4042 // this namespace and no prefix. 4043 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 4044 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 4045 4046 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 4047 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 4048 // this namespace and no prefix. 4049 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 4050 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 4051 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 4052 4053 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 4054 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 4055 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 4056 4057 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 4058 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 4059 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 4060 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 4061 // types, e.g., 4062 // typedef typename T::type T1; 4063 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 4064 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) 4065 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), 4066 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 4067 4068 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. 4069 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the 4070 // first place? 4071 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 4072 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 4073 } 4074 4075 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 4076 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 4077 return NNS; 4078 } 4079 4080 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); 4081} 4082 4083 4084const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 4085 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 4086 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 4087 // Handle the common positive case fast. 4088 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 4089 return AT; 4090 } 4091 4092 // Handle the common negative case fast. 4093 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 4094 return 0; 4095 4096 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 4097 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 4098 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 4099 4100 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 4101 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 4102 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 4103 4104 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4105 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; 4106 4107 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 4108 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty); 4109 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 4110 return ATy; 4111 4112 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 4113 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 4114 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 4115 4116 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 4117 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 4118 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 4119 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4120 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 4121 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 4122 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 4123 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4124 4125 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 4126 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 4127 return cast<ArrayType>( 4128 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 4129 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 4130 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 4131 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4132 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 4133 4134 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 4135 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 4136 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 4137 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 4138 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4139 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 4140} 4141 4142QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { 4143 // C99 6.7.5.3p7: 4144 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be 4145 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type 4146 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of 4147 // the array type derivation. 4148 if (T->isArrayType()) 4149 return getArrayDecayedType(T); 4150 4151 // C99 6.7.5.3p8: 4152 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" 4153 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as 4154 // in 6.3.2.1. 4155 if (T->isFunctionType()) 4156 return getPointerType(T); 4157 4158 return T; 4159} 4160 4161QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { 4162 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 4163 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); 4164 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 4165} 4166 4167/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 4168/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 4169/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 4170/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 4171/// 4172/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 4173QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 4174 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 4175 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 4176 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 4177 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 4178 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 4179 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 4180 4181 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 4182 4183 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 4184 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 4185} 4186 4187QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 4188 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 4189} 4190 4191QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 4192 Qualifiers qs; 4193 while (true) { 4194 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4195 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 4196 if (!array) break; 4197 4198 type = array->getElementType(); 4199 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); 4200 } 4201 4202 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 4203} 4204 4205/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 4206uint64_t 4207ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 4208 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 4209 do { 4210 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 4211 CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>( 4212 CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()); 4213 } while (CA); 4214 return ElementCount; 4215} 4216 4217/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 4218/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 4219static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 4220 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4221 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 4222 4223 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4224 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4225 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4226 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; 4227 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 4228 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 4229 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 4230 } 4231} 4232 4233/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 4234/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 4235/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 4236/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 4237QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 4238 QualType Domain) const { 4239 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 4240 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 4241 switch (EltRank) { 4242 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); 4243 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 4244 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 4245 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 4246 } 4247 } 4248 4249 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 4250 switch (EltRank) { 4251 case HalfRank: return HalfTy; 4252 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 4253 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 4254 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 4255 } 4256 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 4257} 4258 4259/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 4260/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 4261/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4262/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4263int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4264 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 4265 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 4266 4267 if (LHSR == RHSR) 4268 return 0; 4269 if (LHSR > RHSR) 4270 return 1; 4271 return -1; 4272} 4273 4274/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 4275/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 4276/// or if it is not canonicalized. 4277unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 4278 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 4279 4280 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 4281 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 4282 case BuiltinType::Bool: 4283 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 4284 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4285 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4286 case BuiltinType::SChar: 4287 case BuiltinType::UChar: 4288 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 4289 case BuiltinType::Short: 4290 case BuiltinType::UShort: 4291 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 4292 case BuiltinType::Int: 4293 case BuiltinType::UInt: 4294 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 4295 case BuiltinType::Long: 4296 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4297 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 4298 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 4299 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 4300 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 4301 case BuiltinType::Int128: 4302 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 4303 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 4304 } 4305} 4306 4307/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 4308/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 4309/// 4310/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 4311/// promotion occurs. 4312QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 4313 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 4314 return QualType(); 4315 4316 FieldDecl *Field = E->getSourceBitField(); // FIXME: conditional bit-fields? 4317 if (!Field) 4318 return QualType(); 4319 4320 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 4321 4322 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 4323 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 4324 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 4325 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 4326 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 4327 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 4328 return IntTy; 4329 4330 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 4331 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4332 4333 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 4334 // like the base type. 4335 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 4336 // is ridiculous. 4337 return QualType(); 4338} 4339 4340/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 4341/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 4342/// integer type. 4343QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 4344 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 4345 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 4346 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 4347 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 4348 4349 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4350 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t 4351 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following 4352 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: 4353 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or 4354 // unsigned long long int [...] 4355 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? 4356 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || 4357 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || 4358 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || 4359 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { 4360 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; 4361 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); 4362 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, 4363 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; 4364 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { 4365 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); 4366 if (FromSize < ToSize || 4367 (FromSize == ToSize && 4368 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) 4369 return PromoteTypes[Idx]; 4370 } 4371 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); 4372 } 4373 } 4374 4375 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. 4376 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 4377 return IntTy; 4378 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable); 4379 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy); 4380 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 4381 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4382} 4383 4384/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable 4385/// type and returns its ownership. 4386Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { 4387 while (!T.isNull()) { 4388 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 4389 return T.getObjCLifetime(); 4390 if (T->isArrayType()) 4391 T = getBaseElementType(T); 4392 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4393 T = PT->getPointeeType(); 4394 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4395 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 4396 else 4397 break; 4398 } 4399 4400 return Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4401} 4402 4403/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 4404/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4405/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4406int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4407 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 4408 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 4409 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 4410 4411 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4412 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4413 4414 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 4415 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 4416 4417 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 4418 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 4419 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 4420 } 4421 4422 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 4423 if (LHSUnsigned) { 4424 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 4425 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 4426 return 1; 4427 4428 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4429 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4430 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4431 return -1; 4432 } 4433 4434 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 4435 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 4436 return -1; 4437 4438 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4439 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4440 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4441 return 1; 4442} 4443 4444static RecordDecl * 4445CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, 4446 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 4447 SourceLocation Loc; 4448 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4449 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4450 else 4451 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4452} 4453 4454// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 4455QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 4456 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 4457 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 4458 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4459 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 4460 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 4461 4462 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 4463 4464 // const int *isa; 4465 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 4466 // int flags; 4467 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 4468 // const char *str; 4469 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 4470 // long length; 4471 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 4472 4473 // Create fields 4474 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4475 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 4476 SourceLocation(), 4477 SourceLocation(), 0, 4478 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4479 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4480 /*Mutable=*/false, 4481 ICIS_NoInit); 4482 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4483 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 4484 } 4485 4486 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 4487 } 4488 4489 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 4490} 4491 4492QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const { 4493 if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) { 4494 RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl = 4495 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get("objc_super")); 4496 TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4497 ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4498 } 4499 return ObjCSuperType; 4500} 4501 4502void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 4503 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 4504 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 4505 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 4506} 4507 4508QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 4509 if (BlockDescriptorType) 4510 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4511 4512 RecordDecl *T; 4513 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4514 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4515 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 4516 T->startDefinition(); 4517 4518 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4519 UnsignedLongTy, 4520 UnsignedLongTy, 4521 }; 4522 4523 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4524 "reserved", 4525 "Size" 4526 }; 4527 4528 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 4529 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4530 SourceLocation(), 4531 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4532 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4533 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4534 /*Mutable=*/false, 4535 ICIS_NoInit); 4536 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4537 T->addDecl(Field); 4538 } 4539 4540 T->completeDefinition(); 4541 4542 BlockDescriptorType = T; 4543 4544 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4545} 4546 4547QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 4548 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 4549 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4550 4551 RecordDecl *T; 4552 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4553 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4554 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 4555 T->startDefinition(); 4556 4557 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4558 UnsignedLongTy, 4559 UnsignedLongTy, 4560 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4561 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 4562 }; 4563 4564 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4565 "reserved", 4566 "Size", 4567 "CopyFuncPtr", 4568 "DestroyFuncPtr" 4569 }; 4570 4571 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4572 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4573 SourceLocation(), 4574 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4575 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4576 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4577 /*Mutable=*/false, 4578 ICIS_NoInit); 4579 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4580 T->addDecl(Field); 4581 } 4582 4583 T->completeDefinition(); 4584 4585 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 4586 4587 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4588} 4589 4590/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty" 4591/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic 4592/// in buildByrefHelpers. 4593bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty, 4594 const VarDecl *D) { 4595 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4596 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D); 4597 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false; 4598 4599 return true; 4600 } 4601 4602 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false; 4603 4604 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers(); 4605 4606 // If we have lifetime, that dominates. 4607 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) { 4608 assert(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4609 4610 switch (lifetime) { 4611 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible"); 4612 4613 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned. 4614 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4615 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4616 return false; 4617 4618 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the 4619 // byref routines. 4620 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4621 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained. 4622 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4623 return true; 4624 } 4625 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!"); 4626 } 4627 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) || 4628 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()); 4629} 4630 4631bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty, 4632 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime, 4633 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const { 4634 4635 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 || 4636 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4637 return false; 4638 4639 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false; 4640 if (Ty->isRecordType()) { 4641 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true; 4642 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4643 } 4644 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 4645 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime(); 4646 // MRR. 4647 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 4648 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 4649 else 4650 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4651 return true; 4652} 4653 4654TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { 4655 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) 4656 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this, 4657 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4658 SourceLocation(), 4659 SourceLocation(), 4660 &Idents.get("instancetype"), 4661 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType())); 4662 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; 4663} 4664 4665// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 4666// typedef <type> BOOL; 4667static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 4668 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 4669 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 4670 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 4671 4672 return false; 4673} 4674 4675/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 4676/// purpose. 4677CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 4678 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) 4679 return CharUnits::Zero(); 4680 4681 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 4682 4683 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 4684 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 4685 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 4686 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 4687 else if (type->isArrayType()) 4688 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4689 return sz; 4690} 4691 4692static inline 4693std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 4694 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 4695} 4696 4697/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 4698/// declaration. 4699std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 4700 std::string S; 4701 4702 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 4703 QualType BlockTy = 4704 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4705 // Encode result type. 4706 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4707 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, 4708 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4709 S, true /*Extended*/); 4710 else 4711 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4712 S); 4713 // Compute size of all parameters. 4714 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4715 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4716 SourceLocation Loc; 4717 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4718 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4719 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4720 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4721 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4722 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4723 if (sz.isZero()) 4724 continue; 4725 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 4726 ParmOffset += sz; 4727 } 4728 // Size of the argument frame 4729 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4730 // Block pointer and offset. 4731 S += "@?0"; 4732 4733 // Argument types. 4734 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4735 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 4736 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4737 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4738 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4739 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4740 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4741 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4742 // elements. 4743 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4744 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4745 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4746 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4747 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4748 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType, 4749 S, true /*Extended*/); 4750 else 4751 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4752 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4753 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4754 } 4755 4756 return S; 4757} 4758 4759bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 4760 std::string& S) { 4761 // Encode result type. 4762 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 4763 CharUnits ParmOffset; 4764 // Compute size of all parameters. 4765 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4766 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4767 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4768 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4769 if (sz.isZero()) 4770 continue; 4771 4772 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4773 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4774 ParmOffset += sz; 4775 } 4776 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4777 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 4778 4779 // Argument types. 4780 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4781 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4782 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4783 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4784 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4785 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4786 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4787 // elements. 4788 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4789 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4790 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4791 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4792 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4793 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4794 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4795 } 4796 4797 return false; 4798} 4799 4800/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single 4801/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and 4802/// block object types. 4803void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4804 QualType T, std::string& S, 4805 bool Extended) const { 4806 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. 4807 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); 4808 // Encode parameter type. 4809 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0, 4810 true /*OutermostType*/, 4811 false /*EncodingProperty*/, 4812 false /*StructField*/, 4813 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, 4814 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); 4815} 4816 4817/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 4818/// declaration. 4819bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 4820 std::string& S, 4821 bool Extended) const { 4822 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4823 // Encode return type. 4824 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4825 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended); 4826 // Compute size of all parameters. 4827 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4828 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4829 SourceLocation Loc; 4830 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4831 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 4832 // their size. 4833 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4834 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4835 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4836 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4837 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4838 if (sz.isZero()) 4839 continue; 4840 4841 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4842 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4843 ParmOffset += sz; 4844 } 4845 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4846 S += "@0:"; 4847 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 4848 4849 // Argument types. 4850 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4851 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4852 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4853 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4854 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4855 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4856 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4857 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4858 // elements. 4859 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4860 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4861 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4862 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4863 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4864 PType, S, Extended); 4865 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4866 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4867 } 4868 4869 return false; 4870} 4871 4872/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 4873/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 4874/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 4875/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 4876/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 4877/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 4878/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 4879/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 4880/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 4881/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 4882/// @code 4883/// enum PropertyAttributes { 4884/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 4885/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 4886/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 4887/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 4888/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 4889/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 4890/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 4891/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. 4892/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 4893/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 4894/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 4895/// }; 4896/// @endcode 4897void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 4898 const Decl *Container, 4899 std::string& S) const { 4900 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 4901 bool Dynamic = false; 4902 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 4903 4904 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 4905 if (Container) { 4906 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 4907 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 4908 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4909 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 4910 i != e; ++i) { 4911 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4912 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4913 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4914 Dynamic = true; 4915 } else { 4916 SynthesizePID = PID; 4917 } 4918 } 4919 } 4920 } else { 4921 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 4922 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4923 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 4924 i != e; ++i) { 4925 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4926 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4927 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4928 Dynamic = true; 4929 } else { 4930 SynthesizePID = PID; 4931 } 4932 } 4933 } 4934 } 4935 } 4936 4937 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4938 S = "T"; 4939 4940 // Encode result type. 4941 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 4942 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 4943 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 4944 true /* outermost type */, 4945 true /* encoding for property */); 4946 4947 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 4948 S += ",R"; 4949 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_copy) 4950 S += ",C"; 4951 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_retain) 4952 S += ",&"; 4953 } else { 4954 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 4955 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 4956 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 4957 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 4958 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; 4959 } 4960 } 4961 4962 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 4963 // are "dynamic by default". 4964 if (Dynamic) 4965 S += ",D"; 4966 4967 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 4968 S += ",N"; 4969 4970 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 4971 S += ",G"; 4972 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 4973 } 4974 4975 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 4976 S += ",S"; 4977 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 4978 } 4979 4980 if (SynthesizePID) { 4981 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 4982 S += ",V"; 4983 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 4984 } 4985 4986 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 4987} 4988 4989/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 4990/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 4991/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 4992/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 4993/// 4994void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 4995 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4996 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4997 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4998 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 4999 else 5000 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 5001 PointeeTy = IntTy; 5002 } 5003 } 5004} 5005 5006void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 5007 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 5008 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 5009 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 5010 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 5011 // same type. 5012 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 5013 true /* outermost type */); 5014} 5015 5016static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, 5017 BuiltinType::Kind kind) { 5018 switch (kind) { 5019 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 5020 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 5021 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 5022 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 5023 case BuiltinType::Char16: 5024 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 5025 case BuiltinType::Char32: 5026 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 5027 case BuiltinType::ULong: 5028 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 5029 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 5030 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 5031 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 5032 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 5033 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 5034 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 5035 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 5036 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 5037 case BuiltinType::Long: 5038 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 5039 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 5040 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 5041 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 5042 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 5043 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 5044 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char* 5045 5046 case BuiltinType::Half: 5047 // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these! 5048 return ' '; 5049 5050 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 5051 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 5052 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 5053 llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type"); 5054 5055 // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings. 5056 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 5057 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 5058 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 5059 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 5060 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 5061 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 5062 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 5063 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 5064 case BuiltinType::Dependent: 5065#define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID) 5066#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \ 5067 case BuiltinType::KIND: 5068#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" 5069 llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode"); 5070 } 5071 llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value"); 5072} 5073 5074static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { 5075 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 5076 5077 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. 5078 if (!Enum->isFixed()) 5079 return 'i'; 5080 5081 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. 5082 const BuiltinType *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 5083 return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind()); 5084} 5085 5086static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 5087 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 5088 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 5089 S += 'b'; 5090 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 5091 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 5092 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 5093 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 5094 // 5095 // struct 5096 // { 5097 // int integer; 5098 // int flags:2; 5099 // }; 5100 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 5101 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 5102 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 5103 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 5104 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 5105 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { 5106 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 5107 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5108 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); 5109 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 5110 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); 5111 else { 5112 const BuiltinType *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 5113 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind()); 5114 } 5115 } 5116 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); 5117} 5118 5119// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 5120void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 5121 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 5122 bool ExpandStructures, 5123 const FieldDecl *FD, 5124 bool OutermostType, 5125 bool EncodingProperty, 5126 bool StructField, 5127 bool EncodeBlockParameters, 5128 bool EncodeClassNames, 5129 bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) const { 5130 CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T); 5131 switch (CT->getTypeClass()) { 5132 case Type::Builtin: 5133 case Type::Enum: 5134 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 5135 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 5136 if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT)) 5137 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind()); 5138 else 5139 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT)); 5140 return; 5141 5142 case Type::Complex: { 5143 const ComplexType *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>(); 5144 S += 'j'; 5145 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 5146 false); 5147 return; 5148 } 5149 5150 case Type::Atomic: { 5151 const AtomicType *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>(); 5152 S += 'A'; 5153 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, 0, 5154 false, false); 5155 return; 5156 } 5157 5158 // encoding for pointer or reference types. 5159 case Type::Pointer: 5160 case Type::LValueReference: 5161 case Type::RValueReference: { 5162 QualType PointeeTy; 5163 if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) { 5164 const PointerType *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>(); 5165 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 5166 S += ':'; 5167 return; 5168 } 5169 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 5170 } else { 5171 PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); 5172 } 5173 5174 bool isReadOnly = false; 5175 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 5176 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 5177 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 5178 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 5179 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 5180 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 5181 isReadOnly = true; 5182 S += 'r'; 5183 } 5184 } else if (OutermostType) { 5185 QualType P = PointeeTy; 5186 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 5187 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5188 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 5189 isReadOnly = true; 5190 S += 'r'; 5191 } 5192 } 5193 if (isReadOnly) { 5194 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 5195 // combinations need to be rearranged. 5196 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 5197 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 5198 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 5199 } 5200 5201 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 5202 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 5203 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 5204 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 5205 S += '*'; 5206 return; 5207 } 5208 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5209 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 5210 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 5211 S += '#'; 5212 return; 5213 } 5214 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 5215 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 5216 S += '@'; 5217 return; 5218 } 5219 // fall through... 5220 } 5221 S += '^'; 5222 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 5223 5224 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5225 NULL); 5226 return; 5227 } 5228 5229 case Type::ConstantArray: 5230 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5231 case Type::VariableArray: { 5232 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT); 5233 5234 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) { 5235 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 5236 S += '^'; 5237 5238 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5239 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5240 } else { 5241 S += '['; 5242 5243 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 5244 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0) 5245 S += '0'; 5246 else 5247 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 5248 } else { 5249 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 5250 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && 5251 "Unknown array type!"); 5252 S += '0'; 5253 } 5254 5255 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5256 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5257 S += ']'; 5258 } 5259 return; 5260 } 5261 5262 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 5263 case Type::FunctionProto: 5264 S += '?'; 5265 return; 5266 5267 case Type::Record: { 5268 RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl(); 5269 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 5270 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 5271 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 5272 S += II->getName(); 5273 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 5274 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 5275 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 5276 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S); 5277 TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(OS, 5278 TemplateArgs.data(), 5279 TemplateArgs.size(), 5280 (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); 5281 } 5282 } else { 5283 S += '?'; 5284 } 5285 if (ExpandStructures) { 5286 S += '='; 5287 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { 5288 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD); 5289 } else { 5290 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5291 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5292 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 5293 if (FD) { 5294 S += '"'; 5295 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 5296 S += '"'; 5297 } 5298 5299 // Special case bit-fields. 5300 if (Field->isBitField()) { 5301 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 5302 *Field); 5303 } else { 5304 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 5305 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5306 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 5307 FD, /*OutermostType*/false, 5308 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5309 /*StructField*/true); 5310 } 5311 } 5312 } 5313 } 5314 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 5315 return; 5316 } 5317 5318 case Type::BlockPointer: { 5319 const BlockPointerType *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>(); 5320 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 5321 if (EncodeBlockParameters) { 5322 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 5323 5324 S += '<'; 5325 // Block return type 5326 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S, 5327 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, 5328 FD, 5329 false /* OutermostType */, 5330 EncodingProperty, 5331 false /* StructField */, 5332 EncodeBlockParameters, 5333 EncodeClassNames); 5334 // Block self 5335 S += "@?"; 5336 // Block parameters 5337 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 5338 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5339 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) { 5340 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S, 5341 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5342 ExpandStructures, 5343 FD, 5344 false /* OutermostType */, 5345 EncodingProperty, 5346 false /* StructField */, 5347 EncodeBlockParameters, 5348 EncodeClassNames); 5349 } 5350 } 5351 S += '>'; 5352 } 5353 return; 5354 } 5355 5356 case Type::ObjCObject: 5357 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 5358 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 5359 T = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getBaseType(); 5360 5361 // The assumption seems to be that this assert will succeed 5362 // because nested levels will have filtered out 'id' and 'Class'. 5363 const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->castAs<ObjCInterfaceType>(); 5364 // @encode(class_name) 5365 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 5366 S += '{'; 5367 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 5368 S += II->getName(); 5369 S += '='; 5370 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 5371 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 5372 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 5373 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 5374 if (Field->isBitField()) 5375 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 5376 else 5377 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD, 5378 false, false, false, false, false, 5379 EncodePointerToObjCTypedef); 5380 } 5381 S += '}'; 5382 return; 5383 } 5384 5385 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 5386 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5387 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 5388 S += '@'; 5389 return; 5390 } 5391 5392 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 5393 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 5394 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 5395 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 5396 S += '#'; 5397 return; 5398 } 5399 5400 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 5401 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 5402 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5403 ExpandStructures, FD); 5404 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { 5405 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 5406 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 5407 S += '"'; 5408 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5409 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5410 S += '<'; 5411 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5412 S += '>'; 5413 } 5414 S += '"'; 5415 } 5416 return; 5417 } 5418 5419 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 5420 if (!EncodingProperty && 5421 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) && 5422 !EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) { 5423 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 5424 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 5425 // {...}; 5426 S += '^'; 5427 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 5428 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5429 NULL, 5430 false, false, false, false, false, 5431 /*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true); 5432 return; 5433 } 5434 5435 S += '@'; 5436 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && 5437 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { 5438 S += '"'; 5439 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 5440 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5441 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5442 S += '<'; 5443 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5444 S += '>'; 5445 } 5446 S += '"'; 5447 } 5448 return; 5449 } 5450 5451 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 5452 // FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available. 5453 case Type::MemberPointer: 5454 return; 5455 5456 case Type::Vector: 5457 case Type::ExtVector: 5458 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 5459 // insufficient. 5460 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 5461 return; 5462 5463 case Type::Auto: 5464 // We could see an undeduced auto type here during error recovery. 5465 // Just ignore it. 5466 return; 5467 5468#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5469#define TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5470#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5471 case Type::KIND: 5472#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5473 case Type::KIND: 5474#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5475 case Type::KIND: 5476#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 5477 llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!"); 5478 } 5479 llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!"); 5480} 5481 5482void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, 5483 std::string &S, 5484 const FieldDecl *FD, 5485 bool includeVBases) const { 5486 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); 5487 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); 5488 if (!RDecl->getDefinition()) 5489 return; 5490 5491 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); 5492 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; 5493 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); 5494 5495 if (CXXRec) { 5496 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5497 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(), 5498 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5499 if (!BI->isVirtual()) { 5500 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5501 if (base->isEmpty()) 5502 continue; 5503 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); 5504 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5505 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5506 } 5507 } 5508 } 5509 5510 unsigned i = 0; 5511 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5512 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5513 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) { 5514 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); 5515 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5516 std::make_pair(offs, *Field)); 5517 } 5518 5519 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { 5520 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5521 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(), 5522 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5523 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5524 if (base->isEmpty()) 5525 continue; 5526 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); 5527 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) 5528 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), 5529 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5530 } 5531 } 5532 5533 CharUnits size; 5534 if (CXXRec) { 5535 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); 5536 } else { 5537 size = layout.getSize(); 5538 } 5539 5540 uint64_t CurOffs = 0; 5541 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator 5542 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); 5543 5544 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && 5545 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { 5546 if (FD) { 5547 S += "\"_vptr$"; 5548 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); 5549 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; 5550 S += recname; 5551 S += '"'; 5552 } 5553 S += "^^?"; 5554 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); 5555 } 5556 5557 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5558 // Mark the end of the structure. 5559 uint64_t offs = toBits(size); 5560 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5561 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0)); 5562 } 5563 5564 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { 5565 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); 5566 5567 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { 5568 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 5569 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that 5570 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case 5571 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. 5572 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without 5573 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the 5574 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be 5575 // longer then though. 5576 CurOffs += padding; 5577 } 5578 5579 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; 5580 if (dcl == 0) 5581 break; // reached end of structure. 5582 5583 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { 5584 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going 5585 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which 5586 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, 5587 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. 5588 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false); 5589 assert(!base->isEmpty()); 5590 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); 5591 } else { 5592 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); 5593 if (FD) { 5594 S += '"'; 5595 S += field->getNameAsString(); 5596 S += '"'; 5597 } 5598 5599 if (field->isBitField()) { 5600 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); 5601 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 5602 } else { 5603 QualType qt = field->getType(); 5604 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5605 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, 5606 /*OutermostType*/false, 5607 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5608 /*StructField*/true); 5609 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); 5610 } 5611 } 5612 } 5613} 5614 5615void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 5616 std::string& S) const { 5617 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 5618 S += 'n'; 5619 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 5620 S += 'N'; 5621 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 5622 S += 'o'; 5623 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 5624 S += 'O'; 5625 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 5626 S += 'R'; 5627 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 5628 S += 'V'; 5629} 5630 5631TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { 5632 if (!ObjCIdDecl) { 5633 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0); 5634 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5635 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5636 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5637 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5638 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5639 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo); 5640 } 5641 5642 return ObjCIdDecl; 5643} 5644 5645TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { 5646 if (!ObjCSelDecl) { 5647 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); 5648 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT); 5649 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5650 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5651 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5652 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo); 5653 } 5654 return ObjCSelDecl; 5655} 5656 5657TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { 5658 if (!ObjCClassDecl) { 5659 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0); 5660 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5661 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5662 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5663 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5664 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5665 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo); 5666 } 5667 5668 return ObjCClassDecl; 5669} 5670 5671ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { 5672 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { 5673 ObjCProtocolClassDecl 5674 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5675 SourceLocation(), 5676 &Idents.get("Protocol"), 5677 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 5678 SourceLocation(), true); 5679 } 5680 5681 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; 5682} 5683 5684//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5685// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions 5686//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5687 5688static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5689 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list; 5690 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); 5691 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5692 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType); 5693 5694 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5695 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5696 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5697 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5698 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5699 TInfo); 5700 return VaListTypeDecl; 5701} 5702 5703static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5704 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; 5705 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5706 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5707 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType); 5708 5709 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5710 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5711 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5712 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5713 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5714 TInfo); 5715 return VaListTypeDecl; 5716} 5717 5718static TypedefDecl * 5719CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5720 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5721 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5722 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5723 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5724 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5725 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5726 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5727 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5728 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5729 5730 VaListTagDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5731 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5732 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5733 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5734 VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5735 } else { 5736 // struct __va_list 5737 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5738 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5739 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5740 } 5741 5742 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5743 5744 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5745 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5746 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5747 5748 // void *__stack; 5749 FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5750 FieldNames[0] = "__stack"; 5751 5752 // void *__gr_top; 5753 FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5754 FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top"; 5755 5756 // void *__vr_top; 5757 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5758 FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top"; 5759 5760 // int __gr_offs; 5761 FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy; 5762 FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs"; 5763 5764 // int __vr_offs; 5765 FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy; 5766 FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs"; 5767 5768 // Create fields 5769 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5770 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5771 VaListTagDecl, 5772 SourceLocation(), 5773 SourceLocation(), 5774 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5775 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5776 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5777 /*Mutable=*/false, 5778 ICIS_NoInit); 5779 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5780 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5781 } 5782 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5783 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5784 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5785 5786 // } __builtin_va_list; 5787 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5788 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5789 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5790 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5791 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5792 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5793 5794 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5795} 5796 5797static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5798 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5799 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5800 5801 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5802 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5803 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5804 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5805 5806 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5807 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5808 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5809 5810 // unsigned char gpr; 5811 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5812 FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; 5813 5814 // unsigned char fpr; 5815 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5816 FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; 5817 5818 // unsigned short reserved; 5819 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; 5820 FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; 5821 5822 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5823 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5824 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5825 5826 // void* reg_save_area; 5827 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5828 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; 5829 5830 // Create fields 5831 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5832 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, 5833 SourceLocation(), 5834 SourceLocation(), 5835 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5836 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5837 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5838 /*Mutable=*/false, 5839 ICIS_NoInit); 5840 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5841 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5842 } 5843 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5844 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5845 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5846 5847 // } __va_list_tag; 5848 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5849 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5850 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5851 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5852 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5853 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5854 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5855 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5856 5857 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5858 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5859 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5860 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5861 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5862 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5863 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5864 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5865 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5866 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5867 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5868 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5869 TInfo); 5870 5871 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5872} 5873 5874static TypedefDecl * 5875CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5876 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5877 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5878 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5879 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5880 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5881 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5882 5883 const size_t NumFields = 4; 5884 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5885 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5886 5887 // unsigned gp_offset; 5888 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5889 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; 5890 5891 // unsigned fp_offset; 5892 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5893 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; 5894 5895 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5896 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5897 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5898 5899 // void* reg_save_area; 5900 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5901 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; 5902 5903 // Create fields 5904 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5905 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5906 VaListTagDecl, 5907 SourceLocation(), 5908 SourceLocation(), 5909 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5910 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5911 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5912 /*Mutable=*/false, 5913 ICIS_NoInit); 5914 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5915 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5916 } 5917 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5918 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5919 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5920 5921 // } __va_list_tag; 5922 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5923 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5924 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5925 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5926 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5927 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5928 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5929 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5930 5931 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5932 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5933 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5934 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5935 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 5936 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5937 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5938 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5939 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5940 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5941 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5942 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5943 TInfo); 5944 5945 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5946} 5947 5948static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5949 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; 5950 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); 5951 QualType IntArrayType 5952 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, 5953 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5954 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5955 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5956 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5957 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5958 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5959 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType)); 5960 5961 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5962} 5963 5964static TypedefDecl * 5965CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5966 RecordDecl *VaListDecl; 5967 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5968 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5969 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5970 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5971 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5972 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5973 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5974 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5975 5976 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5977 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5978 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5979 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5980 5981 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5982 5983 } else { 5984 // struct __va_list { 5985 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5986 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5987 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5988 } 5989 5990 VaListDecl->startDefinition(); 5991 5992 // void * __ap; 5993 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5994 VaListDecl, 5995 SourceLocation(), 5996 SourceLocation(), 5997 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"), 5998 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy), 5999 /*TInfo=*/0, 6000 /*BitWidth=*/0, 6001 /*Mutable=*/false, 6002 ICIS_NoInit); 6003 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 6004 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field); 6005 6006 // }; 6007 VaListDecl->completeDefinition(); 6008 6009 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list; 6010 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 6011 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl)); 6012 6013 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 6014 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6015 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6016 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6017 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 6018 TInfo); 6019 6020 return VaListTypeDecl; 6021} 6022 6023static TypedefDecl * 6024CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 6025 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 6026 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 6027 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 6028 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6029 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 6030 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 6031 6032 const size_t NumFields = 4; 6033 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 6034 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 6035 6036 // long __gpr; 6037 FieldTypes[0] = Context->LongTy; 6038 FieldNames[0] = "__gpr"; 6039 6040 // long __fpr; 6041 FieldTypes[1] = Context->LongTy; 6042 FieldNames[1] = "__fpr"; 6043 6044 // void *__overflow_arg_area; 6045 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 6046 FieldNames[2] = "__overflow_arg_area"; 6047 6048 // void *__reg_save_area; 6049 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 6050 FieldNames[3] = "__reg_save_area"; 6051 6052 // Create fields 6053 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 6054 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6055 VaListTagDecl, 6056 SourceLocation(), 6057 SourceLocation(), 6058 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 6059 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 6060 /*BitWidth=*/0, 6061 /*Mutable=*/false, 6062 ICIS_NoInit); 6063 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 6064 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 6065 } 6066 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 6067 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 6068 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 6069 6070 // } __va_list_tag; 6071 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 6072 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6073 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6074 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6075 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 6076 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 6077 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 6078 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 6079 6080 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 6081 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 6082 QualType VaListTagArrayType 6083 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 6084 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 6085 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 6086 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 6087 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 6088 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6089 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6090 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6091 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 6092 TInfo); 6093 6094 return VaListTypedefDecl; 6095} 6096 6097static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, 6098 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { 6099 switch (Kind) { 6100 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: 6101 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6102 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: 6103 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6104 case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList: 6105 return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6106 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: 6107 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6108 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: 6109 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6110 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: 6111 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6112 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList: 6113 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6114 case TargetInfo::SystemZBuiltinVaList: 6115 return CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6116 } 6117 6118 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); 6119} 6120 6121TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { 6122 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) 6123 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); 6124 6125 return BuiltinVaListDecl; 6126} 6127 6128QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const { 6129 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list 6130 // declaration. 6131 if (VaListTagTy.isNull()) 6132 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl(); 6133 6134 return VaListTagTy; 6135} 6136 6137void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 6138 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 6139 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 6140 6141 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 6142} 6143 6144/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 6145/// lookup. 6146TemplateName 6147ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 6148 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 6149 unsigned size = End - Begin; 6150 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 6151 6152 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 6153 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 6154 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 6155 6156 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 6157 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 6158 NamedDecl *D = *I; 6159 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 6160 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 6161 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 6162 *Storage++ = D; 6163 } 6164 6165 return TemplateName(OT); 6166} 6167 6168/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 6169/// template name such as \c std::vector. 6170TemplateName 6171ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6172 bool TemplateKeyword, 6173 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 6174 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 6175 6176 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 6177 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6178 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 6179 6180 void *InsertPos = 0; 6181 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 6182 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6183 if (!QTN) { 6184 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>()) 6185 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 6186 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6187 } 6188 6189 return TemplateName(QTN); 6190} 6191 6192/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6193/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 6194TemplateName 6195ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6196 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 6197 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6198 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6199 6200 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6201 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 6202 6203 void *InsertPos = 0; 6204 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 6205 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6206 6207 if (QTN) 6208 return TemplateName(QTN); 6209 6210 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6211 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6212 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6213 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 6214 } else { 6215 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 6216 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6217 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 6218 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 6219 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6220 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 6221 (void)CheckQTN; 6222 } 6223 6224 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6225 return TemplateName(QTN); 6226} 6227 6228/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6229/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 6230TemplateName 6231ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6232 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 6233 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6234 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6235 6236 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6237 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 6238 6239 void *InsertPos = 0; 6240 DependentTemplateName *QTN 6241 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6242 6243 if (QTN) 6244 return TemplateName(QTN); 6245 6246 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6247 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6248 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6249 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 6250 } else { 6251 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 6252 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6253 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 6254 6255 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 6256 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6257 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 6258 (void)CheckQTN; 6259 } 6260 6261 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6262 return TemplateName(QTN); 6263} 6264 6265TemplateName 6266ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, 6267 TemplateName replacement) const { 6268 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6269 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); 6270 6271 void *insertPos = 0; 6272 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 6273 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 6274 6275 if (!subst) { 6276 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); 6277 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); 6278 } 6279 6280 return TemplateName(subst); 6281} 6282 6283TemplateName 6284ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6285 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 6286 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 6287 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6288 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 6289 6290 void *InsertPos = 0; 6291 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 6292 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6293 6294 if (!Subst) { 6295 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, 6296 ArgPack.pack_size(), 6297 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 6298 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 6299 } 6300 6301 return TemplateName(Subst); 6302} 6303 6304/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 6305/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 6306/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 6307CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 6308 switch (Type) { 6309 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 6310 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 6311 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 6312 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 6313 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 6314 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 6315 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 6316 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 6317 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 6318 } 6319 6320 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 6321} 6322 6323//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6324// Type Predicates. 6325//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6326 6327/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 6328/// garbage collection attribute. 6329/// 6330Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 6331 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) 6332 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 6333 6334 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); 6335 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 6336 6337 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 6338 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 6339 // as __strong. 6340 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 6341 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 6342 return Qualifiers::Strong; 6343 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 6344 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 6345 } else { 6346 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 6347 // pointer. 6348#ifndef NDEBUG 6349 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 6350 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 6351 CT = AT->getElementType(); 6352 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 6353#endif 6354 } 6355 return GCAttrs; 6356} 6357 6358//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6359// Type Compatibility Testing 6360//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6361 6362/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 6363/// compatible. 6364static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 6365 const VectorType *RHS) { 6366 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 6367 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 6368 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 6369} 6370 6371bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 6372 QualType SecondVec) { 6373 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 6374 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 6375 6376 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 6377 return true; 6378 6379 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 6380 // equivalent GCC vector types. 6381 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6382 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6383 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 6384 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 6385 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6386 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 6387 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6388 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 6389 return true; 6390 6391 return false; 6392} 6393 6394//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6395// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 6396//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6397 6398/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 6399/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 6400bool 6401ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 6402 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 6403 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) 6404 return true; 6405 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 6406 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 6407 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 6408 return true; 6409 return false; 6410} 6411 6412/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<pr,...> with id<pr1,...> 6413/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false 6414/// otherwise. 6415bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { 6416 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6417 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false); 6418 return false; 6419} 6420 6421/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and 6422/// Class<pr1, ...>. 6423bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 6424 QualType rhs) { 6425 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6426 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6427 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 6428 6429 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6430 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6431 bool match = false; 6432 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6433 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6434 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6435 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6436 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 6437 match = true; 6438 break; 6439 } 6440 } 6441 if (!match) 6442 return false; 6443 } 6444 return true; 6445} 6446 6447/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 6448/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 6449bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6450 bool compare) { 6451 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 6452 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6453 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 6454 return true; 6455 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6456 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 6457 return true; 6458 6459 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 6460 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6461 6462 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 6463 6464 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 6465 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 6466 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6467 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6468 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6469 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6470 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6471 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6472 // through its super class and categories. 6473 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 6474 return false; 6475 } 6476 } 6477 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 6478 return true; 6479 } 6480 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6481 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6482 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6483 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6484 bool match = false; 6485 6486 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6487 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6488 // through its super class and categories. 6489 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6490 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6491 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6492 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6493 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6494 match = true; 6495 break; 6496 } 6497 } 6498 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 6499 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6500 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6501 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6502 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6503 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6504 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6505 // through its super class and categories. 6506 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 6507 match = true; 6508 break; 6509 } 6510 } 6511 } 6512 if (!match) 6513 return false; 6514 } 6515 6516 return true; 6517 } 6518 6519 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6520 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 6521 6522 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 6523 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 6524 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6525 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6526 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6527 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6528 bool match = false; 6529 6530 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 6531 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6532 // through its super class and categories. 6533 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 6534 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6535 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6536 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6537 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6538 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6539 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6540 match = true; 6541 break; 6542 } 6543 } 6544 if (!match) 6545 return false; 6546 } 6547 6548 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 6549 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6550 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6551 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6552 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 6553 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 6554 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 6555 // assume that it is mismatch. 6556 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 6557 return false; 6558 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6559 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6560 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6561 bool match = false; 6562 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 6563 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6564 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6565 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6566 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6567 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6568 match = true; 6569 break; 6570 } 6571 } 6572 if (!match) 6573 return false; 6574 } 6575 } 6576 return true; 6577 } 6578 return false; 6579} 6580 6581/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 6582/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 6583/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 6584/// 6585bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6586 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 6587 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6588 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6589 6590 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 6591 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 6592 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 6593 return true; 6594 6595 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 6596 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6597 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6598 false); 6599 6600 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 6601 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6602 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 6603 6604 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 6605 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 6606 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 6607 6608 return false; 6609} 6610 6611/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 6612/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 6613/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 6614/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 6615/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 6616bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6617 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6618 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6619 bool BlockReturnType) { 6620 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 6621 return true; 6622 6623 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 6624 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6625 } 6626 6627 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6628 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6629 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6630 false); 6631 6632 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6633 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6634 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 6635 if (LHS != RHS) { 6636 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 6637 return BlockReturnType; 6638 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 6639 return !BlockReturnType; 6640 } 6641 else 6642 return true; 6643 } 6644 return false; 6645} 6646 6647/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 6648/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 6649/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 6650/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 6651static 6652void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 6653 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6654 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6655 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 6656 6657 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6658 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6659 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 6660 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 6661 6662 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 6663 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 6664 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 6665 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 6666 else { 6667 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6668 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 6669 LHSInheritedProtocols); 6670 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6671 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 6672 } 6673 6674 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 6675 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 6676 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 6677 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 6678 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 6679 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 6680 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 6681 } else { 6682 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 6683 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 6684 RHSInheritedProtocols); 6685 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6686 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6687 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 6688 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 6689 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 6690 } 6691} 6692 6693/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 6694/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 6695/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 6696/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 6697QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 6698 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 6699 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 6700 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 6701 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 6702 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 6703 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 6704 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl))) 6705 return QualType(); 6706 6707 do { 6708 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 6709 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 6710 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 6711 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 6712 6713 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 6714 if (!Protocols.empty()) 6715 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 6716 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 6717 return Result; 6718 } 6719 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())); 6720 6721 return QualType(); 6722} 6723 6724bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 6725 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 6726 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 6727 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 6728 6729 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 6730 // the LHS. 6731 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 6732 return false; 6733 6734 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 6735 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 6736 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 6737 return true; 6738 6739 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, 6740 // more detailed analysis is required. 6741 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) { 6742 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and* 6743 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS. 6744 // false otherwise. 6745 bool IsSuperClass = 6746 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); 6747 if (IsSuperClass) { 6748 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types 6749 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols 6750 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. 6751 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. 6752 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; 6753 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); 6754 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match. 6755 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) 6756 return false; 6757 6758 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6759 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6760 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6761 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; 6762 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI); 6763 6764 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6765 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6766 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6767 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I); 6768 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { 6769 SuperImplementsProtocol = true; 6770 break; 6771 } 6772 } 6773 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) 6774 return false; 6775 } 6776 return true; 6777 } 6778 return false; 6779 } 6780 6781 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6782 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6783 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6784 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 6785 6786 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 6787 // are incompatible. 6788 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 6789 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 6790 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 6791 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 6792 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 6793 break; 6794 } 6795 } 6796 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 6797 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 6798 return false; 6799 } 6800 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 6801 return true; 6802} 6803 6804bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6805 // get the "pointed to" types 6806 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6807 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6808 6809 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 6810 return false; 6811 6812 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 6813 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 6814} 6815 6816bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 6817 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 6818 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6819 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 6820} 6821 6822/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 6823/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 6824/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 6825/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 6826bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6827 bool CompareUnqualified) { 6828 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6829 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 6830 6831 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 6832} 6833 6834bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6835 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); 6836} 6837 6838bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6839 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 6840} 6841 6842/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 6843/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 6844/// QualType() 6845QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 6846 bool OfBlockPointer, 6847 bool Unqualified) { 6848 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 6849 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 6850 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 6851 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 6852 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 6853 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 6854 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6855 if (!MT.isNull()) 6856 return MT; 6857 } 6858 } 6859 } 6860 6861 return QualType(); 6862} 6863 6864/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 6865/// argument types 6866QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6867 bool OfBlockPointer, 6868 bool Unqualified) { 6869 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 6870 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 6871 // type is compatible with a union member 6872 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 6873 Unqualified); 6874 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 6875 return lmerge; 6876 6877 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 6878 Unqualified); 6879 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 6880 return rmerge; 6881 6882 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6883} 6884 6885QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6886 bool OfBlockPointer, 6887 bool Unqualified) { 6888 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6889 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6890 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 6891 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 6892 bool allLTypes = true; 6893 bool allRTypes = true; 6894 6895 // Check return type 6896 QualType retType; 6897 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6898 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 6899 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 6900 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 6901 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 6902 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 6903 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); 6904 } 6905 else 6906 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 6907 Unqualified); 6908 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6909 6910 if (Unqualified) 6911 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6912 6913 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 6914 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 6915 if (Unqualified) { 6916 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6917 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6918 } 6919 6920 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 6921 allLTypes = false; 6922 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 6923 allRTypes = false; 6924 6925 // FIXME: double check this 6926 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6927 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6928 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 6929 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 6930 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 6931 6932 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 6933 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 6934 return QualType(); 6935 6936 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 6937 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) 6938 return QualType(); 6939 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 6940 return QualType(); 6941 6942 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) 6943 return QualType(); 6944 6945 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 6946 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 6947 6948 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6949 allLTypes = false; 6950 if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6951 allRTypes = false; 6952 6953 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); 6954 6955 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 6956 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 6957 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6958 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 6959 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 6960 6961 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 6962 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 6963 return QualType(); 6964 6965 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 6966 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 6967 return QualType(); 6968 6969 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 6970 return QualType(); 6971 6972 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && 6973 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto)) 6974 return QualType(); 6975 6976 // Check argument compatibility 6977 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 6978 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 6979 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6980 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6981 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 6982 OfBlockPointer, 6983 Unqualified); 6984 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 6985 6986 if (Unqualified) 6987 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6988 6989 types.push_back(argtype); 6990 if (Unqualified) { 6991 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6992 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6993 } 6994 6995 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 6996 allLTypes = false; 6997 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 6998 allRTypes = false; 6999 } 7000 7001 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7002 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7003 7004 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 7005 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 7006 return getFunctionType(retType, types, EPI); 7007 } 7008 7009 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 7010 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 7011 7012 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 7013 if (proto) { 7014 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 7015 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 7016 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 7017 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 7018 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 7019 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 7020 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 7021 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 7022 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 7023 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 7024 7025 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used 7026 // to pass enum values. 7027 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7028 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7029 if (argTy.isNull()) 7030 return QualType(); 7031 } 7032 7033 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 7034 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 7035 return QualType(); 7036 } 7037 7038 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7039 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7040 7041 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 7042 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 7043 return getFunctionType(retType, 7044 ArrayRef<QualType>(proto->arg_type_begin(), 7045 proto->getNumArgs()), 7046 EPI); 7047 } 7048 7049 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7050 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7051 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 7052} 7053 7054/// Given that we have an enum type and a non-enum type, try to merge them. 7055static QualType mergeEnumWithInteger(ASTContext &Context, const EnumType *ET, 7056 QualType other, bool isBlockReturnType) { 7057 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 7058 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 7059 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 7060 // type. 7061 QualType underlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7062 if (underlyingType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7063 if (Context.hasSameType(underlyingType, other)) 7064 return other; 7065 7066 // In block return types, we're more permissive and accept any 7067 // integral type of the same size. 7068 if (isBlockReturnType && other->isIntegerType() && 7069 Context.getTypeSize(underlyingType) == Context.getTypeSize(other)) 7070 return other; 7071 7072 return QualType(); 7073} 7074 7075QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 7076 bool OfBlockPointer, 7077 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { 7078 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 7079 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 7080 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 7081 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 7082 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 7083 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 7084 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 7085 7086 if (Unqualified) { 7087 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 7088 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 7089 } 7090 7091 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7092 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7093 7094 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7095 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7096 return LHS; 7097 7098 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 7099 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7100 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7101 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7102 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 7103 // mismatch. 7104 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7105 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || 7106 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) 7107 return QualType(); 7108 7109 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7110 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7111 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7112 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7113 // qualified __strong. 7114 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7115 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7116 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7117 7118 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7119 return QualType(); 7120 7121 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7122 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 7123 } 7124 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7125 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 7126 } 7127 return QualType(); 7128 } 7129 7130 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 7131 7132 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 7133 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 7134 7135 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 7136 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 7137 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 7138 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 7139 7140 // Same as above for arrays 7141 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 7142 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 7143 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 7144 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 7145 7146 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 7147 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 7148 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 7149 7150 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 7151 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 7152 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 7153 7154 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 7155 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 7156 // Note that we only have special rules for turning block enum 7157 // returns into block int returns, not vice-versa. 7158 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7159 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, RHS, false); 7160 } 7161 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7162 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, LHS, BlockReturnType); 7163 } 7164 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. 7165 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { 7166 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) 7167 return LHS; 7168 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) 7169 return RHS; 7170 } 7171 7172 return QualType(); 7173 } 7174 7175 // The canonical type classes match. 7176 switch (LHSClass) { 7177#define TYPE(Class, Base) 7178#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 7179#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7180#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7181#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7182#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 7183 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 7184 7185 case Type::Auto: 7186 case Type::LValueReference: 7187 case Type::RValueReference: 7188 case Type::MemberPointer: 7189 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 7190 7191 case Type::ObjCInterface: 7192 case Type::IncompleteArray: 7193 case Type::VariableArray: 7194 case Type::FunctionProto: 7195 case Type::ExtVector: 7196 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); 7197 7198 case Type::Pointer: 7199 { 7200 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7201 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7202 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7203 if (Unqualified) { 7204 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7205 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7206 } 7207 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 7208 Unqualified); 7209 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7210 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7211 return LHS; 7212 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7213 return RHS; 7214 return getPointerType(ResultType); 7215 } 7216 case Type::BlockPointer: 7217 { 7218 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7219 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7220 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7221 if (Unqualified) { 7222 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7223 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7224 } 7225 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 7226 Unqualified); 7227 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7228 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7229 return LHS; 7230 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7231 return RHS; 7232 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 7233 } 7234 case Type::Atomic: 7235 { 7236 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7237 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7238 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7239 if (Unqualified) { 7240 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7241 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7242 } 7243 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, 7244 Unqualified); 7245 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7246 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7247 return LHS; 7248 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7249 return RHS; 7250 return getAtomicType(ResultType); 7251 } 7252 case Type::ConstantArray: 7253 { 7254 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 7255 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 7256 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 7257 return QualType(); 7258 7259 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 7260 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 7261 if (Unqualified) { 7262 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7263 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7264 } 7265 7266 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 7267 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7268 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7269 return LHS; 7270 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7271 return RHS; 7272 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 7273 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7274 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 7275 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7276 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 7277 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 7278 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7279 return LHS; 7280 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7281 return RHS; 7282 if (LVAT) { 7283 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7284 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 7285 // has to be different. 7286 return LHS; 7287 } 7288 if (RVAT) { 7289 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7290 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 7291 // has to be different. 7292 return RHS; 7293 } 7294 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 7295 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 7296 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 7297 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7298 } 7299 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 7300 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 7301 case Type::Record: 7302 case Type::Enum: 7303 return QualType(); 7304 case Type::Builtin: 7305 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 7306 return QualType(); 7307 case Type::Complex: 7308 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 7309 return QualType(); 7310 case Type::Vector: 7311 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 7312 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 7313 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 7314 return LHS; 7315 return QualType(); 7316 case Type::ObjCObject: { 7317 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 7318 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 7319 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 7320 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7321 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7322 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 7323 return LHS; 7324 7325 return QualType(); 7326 } 7327 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 7328 if (OfBlockPointer) { 7329 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 7330 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7331 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7332 BlockReturnType)) 7333 return LHS; 7334 return QualType(); 7335 } 7336 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7337 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 7338 return LHS; 7339 7340 return QualType(); 7341 } 7342 } 7343 7344 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); 7345} 7346 7347bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs( 7348 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType, 7349 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) { 7350 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() != 7351 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs()) 7352 return false; 7353 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI = 7354 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7355 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI = 7356 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7357 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments) 7358 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs(); 7359 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { 7360 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] != 7361 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx]) 7362 return false; 7363 } 7364 return true; 7365} 7366 7367/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 7368/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 7369/// return types. 7370QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 7371 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7372 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7373 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7374 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7375 return LHS; 7376 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 7377 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 7378 return QualType(); 7379 QualType OldReturnType = 7380 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7381 QualType NewReturnType = 7382 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7383 QualType ResReturnType = 7384 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 7385 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 7386 return QualType(); 7387 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 7388 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 7389 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 7390 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7391 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 7392 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7393 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 7394 QualType ResultType 7395 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, 7396 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 7397 FPT->getNumArgs()), 7398 EPI); 7399 return ResultType; 7400 } 7401 } 7402 return QualType(); 7403 } 7404 7405 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 7406 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7407 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7408 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7409 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 7410 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7411 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 7412 return QualType(); 7413 7414 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7415 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7416 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7417 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7418 // qualified __strong. 7419 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7420 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7421 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7422 7423 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7424 return QualType(); 7425 7426 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 7427 return LHS; 7428 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 7429 return RHS; 7430 return QualType(); 7431 } 7432 7433 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7434 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7435 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7436 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 7437 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 7438 return LHS; 7439 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 7440 return RHS; 7441 } 7442 return QualType(); 7443} 7444 7445//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7446// Integer Predicates 7447//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7448 7449unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 7450 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 7451 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7452 if (T->isBooleanType()) 7453 return 1; 7454 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 7455 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 7456} 7457 7458QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const { 7459 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 7460 7461 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 7462 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 7463 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 7464 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 7465 7466 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 7467 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 7468 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7469 7470 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 7471 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 7472 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 7473 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 7474 case BuiltinType::SChar: 7475 return UnsignedCharTy; 7476 case BuiltinType::Short: 7477 return UnsignedShortTy; 7478 case BuiltinType::Int: 7479 return UnsignedIntTy; 7480 case BuiltinType::Long: 7481 return UnsignedLongTy; 7482 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 7483 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 7484 case BuiltinType::Int128: 7485 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 7486 default: 7487 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); 7488 } 7489} 7490 7491ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 7492 7493void ASTMutationListener::DeducedReturnType(const FunctionDecl *FD, 7494 QualType ReturnType) {} 7495 7496//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7497// Builtin Type Computation 7498//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7499 7500/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 7501/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 7502/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 7503/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 7504/// a vector of "i*". 7505/// 7506/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 7507/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 7508static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 7509 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7510 bool &RequiresICE, 7511 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 7512 // Modifiers. 7513 int HowLong = 0; 7514 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 7515 RequiresICE = false; 7516 7517 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 7518 bool Done = false; 7519 while (!Done) { 7520 switch (*Str++) { 7521 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7522 case 'I': 7523 RequiresICE = true; 7524 break; 7525 case 'S': 7526 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7527 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7528 Signed = true; 7529 break; 7530 case 'U': 7531 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7532 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7533 Unsigned = true; 7534 break; 7535 case 'L': 7536 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 7537 ++HowLong; 7538 break; 7539 } 7540 } 7541 7542 QualType Type; 7543 7544 // Read the base type. 7545 switch (*Str++) { 7546 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); 7547 case 'v': 7548 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7549 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 7550 Type = Context.VoidTy; 7551 break; 7552 case 'f': 7553 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7554 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 7555 Type = Context.FloatTy; 7556 break; 7557 case 'd': 7558 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7559 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 7560 if (HowLong) 7561 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 7562 else 7563 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 7564 break; 7565 case 's': 7566 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 7567 if (Unsigned) 7568 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7569 else 7570 Type = Context.ShortTy; 7571 break; 7572 case 'i': 7573 if (HowLong == 3) 7574 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 7575 else if (HowLong == 2) 7576 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7577 else if (HowLong == 1) 7578 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7579 else 7580 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7581 break; 7582 case 'c': 7583 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 7584 if (Signed) 7585 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 7586 else if (Unsigned) 7587 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7588 else 7589 Type = Context.CharTy; 7590 break; 7591 case 'b': // boolean 7592 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 7593 Type = Context.BoolTy; 7594 break; 7595 case 'z': // size_t. 7596 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 7597 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 7598 break; 7599 case 'F': 7600 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 7601 break; 7602 case 'G': 7603 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 7604 break; 7605 case 'H': 7606 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 7607 break; 7608 case 'M': 7609 Type = Context.getObjCSuperType(); 7610 break; 7611 case 'a': 7612 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7613 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7614 break; 7615 case 'A': 7616 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 7617 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 7618 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 7619 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 7620 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 7621 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 7622 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 7623 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 7624 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7625 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7626 if (Type->isArrayType()) 7627 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 7628 else 7629 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7630 break; 7631 case 'V': { 7632 char *End; 7633 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7634 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7635 Str = End; 7636 7637 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 7638 RequiresICE, false); 7639 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 7640 7641 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 7642 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 7643 VectorType::GenericVector); 7644 break; 7645 } 7646 case 'E': { 7647 char *End; 7648 7649 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7650 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7651 7652 Str = End; 7653 7654 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7655 false); 7656 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); 7657 break; 7658 } 7659 case 'X': { 7660 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7661 false); 7662 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 7663 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 7664 break; 7665 } 7666 case 'Y' : { 7667 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 7668 break; 7669 } 7670 case 'P': 7671 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 7672 if (Type.isNull()) { 7673 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 7674 return QualType(); 7675 } 7676 break; 7677 case 'J': 7678 if (Signed) 7679 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 7680 else 7681 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 7682 7683 if (Type.isNull()) { 7684 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 7685 return QualType(); 7686 } 7687 break; 7688 case 'K': 7689 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); 7690 Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); 7691 7692 if (Type.isNull()) { 7693 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; 7694 return QualType(); 7695 } 7696 break; 7697 case 'p': 7698 Type = Context.getProcessIDType(); 7699 break; 7700 } 7701 7702 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 7703 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 7704 while (!Done) { 7705 switch (char c = *Str++) { 7706 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7707 case '*': 7708 case '&': { 7709 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 7710 // qualified with an address space. 7711 char *End; 7712 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7713 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 7714 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 7715 Str = End; 7716 } 7717 if (c == '*') 7718 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 7719 else 7720 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7721 break; 7722 } 7723 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 7724 case 'C': 7725 Type = Type.withConst(); 7726 break; 7727 case 'D': 7728 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 7729 break; 7730 case 'R': 7731 Type = Type.withRestrict(); 7732 break; 7733 } 7734 } 7735 7736 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 7737 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 7738 7739 return Type; 7740} 7741 7742/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 7743QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 7744 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7745 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 7746 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 7747 7748 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 7749 7750 bool RequiresICE = false; 7751 Error = GE_None; 7752 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 7753 RequiresICE, true); 7754 if (Error != GE_None) 7755 return QualType(); 7756 7757 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 7758 7759 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 7760 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 7761 if (Error != GE_None) 7762 return QualType(); 7763 7764 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 7765 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 7766 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 7767 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 7768 7769 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 7770 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 7771 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 7772 7773 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 7774 } 7775 7776 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 7777 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 7778 7779 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 7780 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 7781 7782 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 7783 7784 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 7785 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 7786 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 7787 7788 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 7789 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 7790 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 7791 7792 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes, EPI); 7793} 7794 7795GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7796 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 7797 return GVA_Internal; 7798 7799 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7800 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 7801 case TSK_Undeclared: 7802 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7803 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7804 break; 7805 7806 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7807 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7808 7809 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7810 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7811 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7812 break; 7813 } 7814 7815 if (!FD->isInlined()) 7816 return External; 7817 7818 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 7819 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 7820 // externally visible. 7821 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 7822 return External; 7823 7824 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 7825 return GVA_C99Inline; 7826 } 7827 7828 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 7829 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 7830 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 7831 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 7832 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 7833 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 7834 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7835 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 7836 return GVA_C99Inline; 7837 7838 return GVA_CXXInline; 7839} 7840 7841GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 7842 if (!VD->isExternallyVisible()) 7843 return GVA_Internal; 7844 7845 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 7846 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 7847 // template. 7848 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 7849 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 7850 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 7851 7852 switch (TSK) { 7853 case TSK_Undeclared: 7854 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7855 return GVA_StrongExternal; 7856 7857 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7858 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 7859 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 7860 7861 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7862 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7863 7864 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7865 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7866 } 7867 7868 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); 7869} 7870 7871bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 7872 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7873 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7874 return false; 7875 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7876 // We never need to emit an uninstantiated function template. 7877 if (FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) 7878 return false; 7879 } else 7880 return false; 7881 7882 // If this is a member of a class template, we do not need to emit it. 7883 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 7884 return false; 7885 7886 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 7887 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 7888 return false; 7889 7890 // Aliases and used decls are required. 7891 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7892 return true; 7893 7894 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7895 // Forward declarations aren't required. 7896 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 7897 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); 7898 7899 // Constructors and destructors are required. 7900 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 7901 return true; 7902 7903 // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes 7904 // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though. 7905 if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7906 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7907 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 7908 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 7909 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD); 7910 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 7911 return true; 7912 } 7913 } 7914 } 7915 7916 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 7917 7918 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 7919 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 7920 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 7921 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 7922 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7923 return false; 7924 return true; 7925 } 7926 7927 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 7928 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 7929 7930 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 7931 return false; 7932 7933 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required. 7934 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 7935 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7936 return true; 7937 7938 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required. 7939 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType()) 7940 return true; 7941 7942 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required. 7943 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)) 7944 return true; 7945 7946 return false; 7947} 7948 7949CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) { 7950 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7951 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic); 7952} 7953 7954CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const { 7955 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD && 7956 getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMemberFunctionCCDefault()) 7957 return CC_Default; 7958 return CC; 7959} 7960 7961bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 7962 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7963 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 7964} 7965 7966MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 7967 switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) { 7968 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: 7969 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 7970 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 7971 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 7972 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7973 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 7974 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7975 } 7976 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); 7977} 7978 7979CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 7980 7981size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { 7982 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() 7983 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) 7984 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) 7985 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) 7986 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) 7987 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) 7988 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember) 7989 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) 7990 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) 7991 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) 7992 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) 7993 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) 7994 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) 7995 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); 7996} 7997 7998void ASTContext::addUnnamedTag(const TagDecl *Tag) { 7999 // FIXME: This mangling should be applied to function local classes too 8000 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() || 8001 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) 8002 return; 8003 8004 std::pair<llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, unsigned>::iterator, bool> P = 8005 UnnamedMangleContexts.insert(std::make_pair(Tag->getParent(), 0)); 8006 UnnamedMangleNumbers.insert(std::make_pair(Tag, P.first->second++)); 8007} 8008 8009int ASTContext::getUnnamedTagManglingNumber(const TagDecl *Tag) const { 8010 llvm::DenseMap<const TagDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I = 8011 UnnamedMangleNumbers.find(Tag); 8012 return I != UnnamedMangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : -1; 8013} 8014 8015unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) { 8016 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent(); 8017 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()] 8018 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator); 8019} 8020 8021 8022void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { 8023 ParamIndices[D] = index; 8024} 8025 8026unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { 8027 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); 8028 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && 8029 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); 8030 return I->second; 8031} 8032 8033bool ASTContext::AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(const AtomicExpr *E) const { 8034 const llvm::Triple &T = getTargetInfo().getTriple(); 8035 if (!T.isOSDarwin()) 8036 return false; 8037 8038 QualType AtomicTy = E->getPtr()->getType()->getPointeeType(); 8039 CharUnits sizeChars = getTypeSizeInChars(AtomicTy); 8040 uint64_t Size = sizeChars.getQuantity(); 8041 CharUnits alignChars = getTypeAlignInChars(AtomicTy); 8042 unsigned Align = alignChars.getQuantity(); 8043 unsigned MaxInlineWidthInBits = getTargetInfo().getMaxAtomicInlineWidth(); 8044 return (Size != Align || toBits(sizeChars) > MaxInlineWidthInBits); 8045} 8046